1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 #include "bfd_stdint.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "libiberty.h"
31 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
32 #include "plugin-api.h"
36 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
37 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
39 struct elf_info_failed
41 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
45 /* This structure is used to pass information to
46 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
48 struct elf_find_verdep_info
50 /* General link information. */
51 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
52 /* The number of dependencies. */
54 /* Whether we had a failure. */
58 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
59 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
62 _bfd_elf_section_for_symbol (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
63 unsigned long r_symndx
,
66 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
67 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
69 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
71 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
73 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
74 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
75 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
77 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
78 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
79 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
80 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
86 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
87 but it could be a relocation against a local
88 symbol for a discarded section. */
90 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
92 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
93 isym
= &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
94 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (cookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
96 && discard
? discarded_section (isec
) : 1)
102 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
104 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
105 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
106 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
110 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
111 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
112 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
114 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
117 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
118 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
119 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
120 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
121 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
125 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
126 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
127 sec
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
130 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
133 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
134 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
135 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
136 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
138 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
143 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
147 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
148 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
149 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
151 /* This function may be called more than once. */
152 if (htab
->sgot
!= NULL
)
155 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
157 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
158 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
159 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
160 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
163 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
167 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
169 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
173 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
175 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
177 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
178 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
183 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
184 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
186 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
188 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
189 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
190 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
191 a global offset table. */
192 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
193 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
194 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
202 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
204 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
206 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
208 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
209 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
211 /* We may not set dynobj, an input file holding linker created
212 dynamic sections to abfd, which may be a dynamic object with
213 its own dynamic sections. We need to find a normal input file
214 to hold linker created sections if possible. */
215 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) != 0)
218 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
220 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
226 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
229 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
231 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
232 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
238 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
239 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
240 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
241 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
242 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
243 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
246 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
250 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
251 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
253 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
256 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
259 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
262 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
263 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
265 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
267 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
268 shared library does not. */
269 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
271 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
272 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
277 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
278 if they are not needed. */
279 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
280 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
282 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
285 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
286 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
288 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
291 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
292 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
294 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
297 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
298 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
300 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
302 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
= s
;
304 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
305 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
309 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
311 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
314 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
315 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
316 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
317 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
318 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
319 to decide how to initialize the process. */
320 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
321 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
327 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
328 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
330 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
332 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
335 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
337 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
338 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
340 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
342 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
343 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
344 variable count of 32-bit words. */
345 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
346 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
348 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
351 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
352 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
353 the .got and .plt sections. */
354 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
355 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
358 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
363 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
366 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
368 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
369 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
371 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
372 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
374 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
375 .rel[a].bss sections. */
376 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
379 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
380 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
381 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
382 to read in from the object file. */
383 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
385 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
386 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
387 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
389 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
391 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
395 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
397 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
399 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
400 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
401 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
406 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
407 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
408 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
409 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
411 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
415 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
418 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
420 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
421 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
422 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
423 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
424 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
425 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
426 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
427 (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
));
432 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
434 /* Similarly, but for symbols that were originally in read-only
436 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".data.rel.ro",
437 (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
439 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
));
445 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
446 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
447 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
448 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
449 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
450 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
451 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
452 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
453 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
454 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
456 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
458 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
459 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
460 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
461 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
463 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
467 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
469 s
= (bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags
470 (abfd
, (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
471 ? ".rela.data.rel.ro" : ".rel.data.rel.ro"),
472 flags
| SEC_READONLY
));
474 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
475 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
477 htab
->sreldynrelro
= s
;
485 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
486 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
487 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
488 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
489 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
490 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
494 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
495 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
497 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
499 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
504 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
505 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
506 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
507 this would not be necessary. */
508 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
512 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
513 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
516 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
524 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
525 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
527 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
530 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
531 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
536 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
538 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
539 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
541 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
542 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
543 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
544 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
545 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
548 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
553 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
555 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
561 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
564 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
565 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
566 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
568 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
570 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
571 if(h
->dynamic
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
574 if ((info
->dynamic_data
575 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
576 || h
->type
== STT_COMMON
578 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
579 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_COMMON
))))
581 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
582 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
586 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
587 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
590 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
591 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
596 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
597 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
598 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
600 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
603 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
604 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
608 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
609 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
611 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
613 /* Set versioned if symbol version is unknown. */
614 char *version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
617 if (version
> name
&& version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
618 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
620 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
624 switch (h
->root
.type
)
626 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
627 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
628 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
630 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
631 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
632 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
633 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
634 may depend on this. */
635 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
636 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
637 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
639 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
640 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
643 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
644 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
645 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
646 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
648 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
649 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
650 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
651 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
653 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
654 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
655 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
656 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
663 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
664 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
665 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
666 force the correct value. */
670 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
672 /* If this symbol is not being provided by the linker script, and it is
673 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular object,
674 then clear out any version information because the symbol will not be
675 associated with the dynamic object any more. */
679 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
681 /* Make sure this symbol is not garbage collected. */
688 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
689 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
690 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
691 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
694 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
696 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
698 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
699 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
704 || bfd_link_dll (info
)
705 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
708 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
711 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
712 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
713 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
714 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
715 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
717 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
725 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
726 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
727 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
730 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
735 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
736 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
737 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
740 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
741 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
743 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
746 /* See if the entry exists already. */
747 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
748 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
751 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
752 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
756 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
757 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
758 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
760 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
764 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
765 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
769 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
770 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
772 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
773 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
774 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
779 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
780 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
781 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
783 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
786 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
787 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
792 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
793 if (dynstr_index
== (size_t) -1)
795 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
797 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
799 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
800 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
801 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
802 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
805 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
807 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
809 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
814 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
817 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
821 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
823 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
824 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
829 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
830 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
831 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
834 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
837 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
842 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
843 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
849 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
850 STB_LOCAL binding. */
853 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
856 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
858 if (!h
->forced_local
)
861 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
862 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
867 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
868 omitted when creating a shared library. */
870 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
871 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
874 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
877 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
881 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
882 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
884 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
885 if (p
== htab
->tls_sec
)
888 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
889 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
891 return (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
892 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
893 && ip
->output_section
== p
);
895 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
896 against any other section. */
902 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
903 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
904 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
905 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
909 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
910 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
911 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
913 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
915 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
916 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
918 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
920 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
921 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
922 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
923 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
924 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
926 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
928 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
930 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
931 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
934 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
936 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
937 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
938 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
940 elf_hash_table (info
)->local_dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
942 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
943 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
946 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which we
947 must account for in our count even if the table is empty since it
948 is intended for the mandatory DT_SYMTAB tag (.dynsym section) in
952 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
956 /* Merge st_other field. */
959 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
960 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, asection
*sec
,
961 bfd_boolean definition
, bfd_boolean dynamic
)
963 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
965 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
966 code might be needed here. */
967 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
968 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
973 unsigned symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
974 unsigned hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
976 /* Keep the most constraining visibility. Leave the remainder
977 of the st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
978 if (symvis
- 1 < hvis
- 1)
979 h
->other
= symvis
| (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
982 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
983 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
984 h
->protected_def
= 1;
987 /* This function is called when we want to merge a new symbol with an
988 existing symbol. It handles the various cases which arise when we
989 find a definition in a dynamic object, or when there is already a
990 definition in a dynamic object. The new symbol is described by
991 NAME, SYM, PSEC, and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table
992 entry. We set POLDBFD to the old symbol's BFD. We set POLD_WEAK
993 if the old symbol was weak. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT to the alignment
994 of an old common symbol. We set OVERRIDE if the old symbol is
995 overriding a new definition. We set TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for
996 the type to change. We set SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size
997 to change. By OK to change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the
998 type or size does change. */
1001 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1002 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1004 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1007 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
1009 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
1010 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
1012 bfd_boolean
*override
,
1013 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
1014 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
,
1015 bfd_boolean
*matched
)
1017 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
1018 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1019 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1020 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
1023 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
1024 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
1025 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1032 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
1034 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1035 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
1037 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1038 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
1043 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1045 /* NEW_VERSION is the symbol version of the new symbol. */
1046 if (h
->versioned
!= unversioned
)
1048 /* Symbol version is unknown or versioned. */
1049 new_version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1052 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1054 if (new_version
> name
&& new_version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1055 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1057 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1060 if (new_version
[0] == '\0')
1064 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1069 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
1070 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
1072 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1073 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1074 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1078 if (hi
== h
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1082 /* OLD_HIDDEN is true if the existing symbol is only visible
1083 to the symbol with the same symbol version. NEW_HIDDEN is
1084 true if the new symbol is only visible to the symbol with
1085 the same symbol version. */
1086 bfd_boolean old_hidden
= h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1087 bfd_boolean new_hidden
= hi
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1088 if (!old_hidden
&& !new_hidden
)
1089 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if both
1094 /* OLD_VERSION is the symbol version of the existing
1098 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
1099 old_version
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
,
1104 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if they
1105 have the same symbol version. */
1106 *matched
= (old_version
== new_version
1107 || (old_version
!= NULL
1108 && new_version
!= NULL
1109 && strcmp (old_version
, new_version
) == 0));
1114 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
1119 switch (h
->root
.type
)
1124 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
1125 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
1126 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1129 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
1130 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
1131 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1132 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1135 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
1136 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
1137 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1139 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
1142 if (poldbfd
&& *poldbfd
== NULL
)
1145 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1146 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1147 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1148 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1150 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
1152 /* This code is for coping with dynamic objects, and is only useful
1153 if we are doing an ELF link. */
1154 if (!(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
1157 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
1158 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
1160 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
1162 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1163 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
1165 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1167 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
1168 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
1169 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
1170 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
1171 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
1172 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
1173 reference to the executable symbol. */
1176 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1178 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1180 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1181 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1186 /* Update the existing symbol only if they match. */
1189 hi
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1193 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1194 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1195 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1197 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1203 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1204 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1205 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1206 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1207 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1208 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1210 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1211 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1212 || !h
->def_regular
))
1217 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1218 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1220 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1221 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1222 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1225 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1226 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1228 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1230 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1231 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1232 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1234 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1235 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1237 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1238 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1240 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1241 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1243 /* If creating a default indirect symbol ("foo" or "foo@") from a
1244 dynamic versioned definition ("foo@@") skip doing so if there is
1245 an existing regular definition with a different type. We don't
1246 want, for example, a "time" variable in the executable overriding
1247 a "time" function in a shared library. */
1248 if (pold_alignment
== NULL
1252 && (olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1253 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1254 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1255 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1256 && !(newfunc
&& oldfunc
))
1262 /* Check TLS symbols. We don't check undefined symbols introduced
1263 by "ld -u" which have no type (and oldbfd NULL), and we don't
1264 check symbols from plugins because they also have no type. */
1266 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1267 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1268 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1269 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1272 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1273 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1275 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1296 /* xgettext:c-format */
1297 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1298 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1299 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1300 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1302 /* xgettext:c-format */
1303 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1304 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1305 tbfd
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1308 /* xgettext:c-format */
1309 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1310 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1311 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1314 /* xgettext:c-format */
1315 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1316 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1317 tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1319 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1323 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1324 definition from a dynamic object. */
1326 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1327 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1330 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1332 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1333 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1334 recorded as dynamic.
1336 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1337 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1338 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1343 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1346 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1347 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1348 object, we remove the old definition. */
1349 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1351 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1352 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1353 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1354 was referenced before. */
1357 hi
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1358 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1359 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, hi
, h
);
1361 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1362 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1364 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1365 any dynamic link state. */
1366 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1367 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1374 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1384 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1385 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1386 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1387 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1388 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1389 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1390 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1391 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1393 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1394 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1398 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1399 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1402 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1404 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1405 any dynamic link state. */
1406 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1407 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1413 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1419 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1420 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1421 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1422 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1423 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1424 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1425 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1427 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1428 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1430 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& olddyn
)
1432 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1435 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1436 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1437 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1439 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1440 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1441 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1446 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1447 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1449 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1450 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1453 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1454 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1456 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1457 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1458 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1459 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1460 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1461 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1462 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1463 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1464 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1465 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1466 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1469 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1470 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1472 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1473 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1474 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1475 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1476 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1482 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1483 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1486 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1488 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1492 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1494 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1495 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1498 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1500 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1502 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1503 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1504 if (bed
->merge_symbol
!= NULL
)
1506 if (!bed
->merge_symbol (h
, sym
, psec
, newdef
, olddef
, oldbfd
, oldsec
))
1511 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1512 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1517 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1519 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1520 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1521 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1522 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1523 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1525 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1526 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1527 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1528 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1530 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1533 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1534 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1535 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1536 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1537 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1538 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1540 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1541 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1542 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1543 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1544 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1545 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. A common
1546 symbol in executable also overrides a symbol in a shared object. */
1551 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1554 || (!olddyn
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))))))
1558 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1560 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1561 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1563 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1564 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1565 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1566 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1567 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1569 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1570 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1573 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1574 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1575 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1576 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1580 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1584 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1585 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1586 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1587 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1590 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1591 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1593 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1594 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1595 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1596 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1602 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1603 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1605 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, sec
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1606 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1607 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1611 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1616 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1617 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1618 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1619 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1620 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1622 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1623 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1624 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1629 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1630 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1635 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1636 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1639 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1640 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1641 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1644 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1646 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1647 overriding a function. */
1649 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1653 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1654 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1657 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1659 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1662 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1665 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1666 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1667 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1668 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1671 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1672 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1673 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1674 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1675 in the shared library. */
1678 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1681 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1682 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1683 or the alignment. */
1684 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1685 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1687 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1688 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1690 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1693 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1694 in the dynamic object. */
1695 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1696 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1699 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1701 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1702 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1704 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1705 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1707 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1710 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1715 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1716 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1717 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1718 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1719 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1720 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1721 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1722 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1726 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1733 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1734 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1735 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, SEC, and VALUE. We
1736 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1739 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1740 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1741 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1743 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1747 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
)
1749 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1750 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1753 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1754 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1755 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1756 bfd_boolean collect
;
1757 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1758 bfd_boolean override
;
1760 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1762 bfd_boolean matched
;
1764 if (h
->versioned
== unversioned
|| h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
)
1767 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1768 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1769 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1770 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1771 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1772 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1776 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1781 if (p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1783 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1787 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1792 /* PR ld/19073: We may see an unversioned definition after the
1798 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1799 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1800 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1802 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1803 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1804 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1806 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1807 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1809 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1810 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1811 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1812 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1813 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1814 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1817 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1818 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1819 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
1825 if (hi
->def_regular
)
1827 /* If the undecorated symbol will have a version added by a
1828 script different to H, then don't indirect to/from the
1829 undecorated symbol. This isn't ideal because we may not yet
1830 have seen symbol versions, if given by a script on the
1831 command line rather than via --version-script. */
1832 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
1837 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
1838 hi
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
1839 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
1841 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
1845 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
1846 && strcmp (p
+ 1 + (p
[1] == '@'), hi
->verinfo
.vertree
->name
) != 0)
1852 /* Add the default symbol if not performing a relocatable link. */
1853 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
1856 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1857 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1858 bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1859 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1861 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1866 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1867 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1868 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1869 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1870 name, and it is the default version.
1872 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1873 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1874 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1876 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1877 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1878 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1879 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1880 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1881 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1882 definition in the regular object. */
1884 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1885 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1886 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1888 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1889 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1893 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1897 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1902 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1903 other fields correctly. */
1907 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
1908 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1909 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1911 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1912 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
1913 the user in that case. */
1915 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1917 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
1919 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1920 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
1922 /* A reference to the SHORTNAME symbol from a dynamic library
1923 will be satisfied by the versioned symbol at runtime. In
1924 effect, we have a reference to the versioned symbol. */
1925 ht
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
1926 hi
->dynamic_def
|= ht
->dynamic_def
;
1928 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
1934 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
1941 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1947 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
1951 len
= strlen (name
);
1952 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
1953 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1955 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1956 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
1958 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
1959 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1960 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1962 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1963 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1964 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
1972 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
1973 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
1974 overridden by a versioned definition. */
1975 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1976 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1978 /* xgettext:c-format */
1979 (_("%B: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
1985 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1986 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1987 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1989 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1991 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1992 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
1993 to the user in that case. */
1995 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1997 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
1998 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
1999 hi
->dynamic_def
|= h
->dynamic_def
;
2001 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
2007 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2013 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2023 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
2024 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2027 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2029 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2031 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2032 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2035 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
2036 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
2039 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2040 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
2041 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2042 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2044 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2054 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
2055 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
2056 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
2057 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2060 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2063 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
2064 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
2065 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
2068 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
2073 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
2074 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2075 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
2078 /* See if we already know about this version. */
2079 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2083 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2086 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
2087 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
2093 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
2098 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2101 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2105 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
2106 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2107 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
2111 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2114 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2118 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
2119 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
2120 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
2122 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
2124 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
2125 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
2127 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
2130 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
2137 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
2138 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
2139 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
2140 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2143 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2145 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
2146 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2147 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2148 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
2151 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2154 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2157 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
2160 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2164 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
2166 if (!h
->def_regular
)
2169 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2170 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2171 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2173 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2176 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2179 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
2183 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
2184 for (t
= sinfo
->info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
2186 if (strcmp (t
->name
, p
) == 0)
2190 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
2192 len
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
2193 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
2196 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2199 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
2200 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
2201 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
2202 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
2204 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2208 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
2209 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
2211 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
2213 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
2215 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
2218 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
2219 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2227 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2228 version node for this version. */
2229 if (t
== NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
2231 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2234 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2235 to worry about it. */
2236 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2239 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
,
2243 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2248 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2252 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2253 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2254 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2256 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2260 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2264 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2268 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2269 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2271 /* xgettext:c-format */
2272 (_("%B: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2273 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2274 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2275 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2280 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2282 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2287 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2288 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2289 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2290 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2296 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2297 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2298 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2299 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2300 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2301 relocations should be stored.
2303 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2306 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2308 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2309 void *external_relocs
,
2310 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2312 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2313 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2314 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2315 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2316 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2317 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2320 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2321 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2324 /* Read the relocations. */
2325 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2328 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2329 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2331 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2333 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2334 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2335 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2336 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2337 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2340 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2344 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2345 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
2346 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2347 while (erela
< erelaend
)
2351 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2352 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2353 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2357 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2360 /* xgettext:c-format */
2361 (_("%B: bad reloc symbol index (0x%lx >= 0x%lx)"
2362 " for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
2364 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2365 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2369 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2372 /* xgettext:c-format */
2373 (_("%B: non-zero symbol index (0x%lx) for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"
2374 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2376 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2377 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2380 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2381 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2387 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2388 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2389 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2390 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2391 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2392 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2393 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2394 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2395 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2398 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2400 void *external_relocs
,
2401 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2402 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2404 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2405 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2406 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2407 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2408 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2410 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2411 return esdo
->relocs
;
2413 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2416 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2420 size
= o
->reloc_count
;
2421 size
*= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2423 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2425 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2426 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2430 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2432 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2435 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2437 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2439 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2442 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2445 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2448 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2452 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2453 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2454 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2455 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2459 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2461 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2464 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2466 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2471 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2472 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2474 return internal_relocs
;
2482 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2489 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2490 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2493 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2494 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2496 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2498 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2499 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2501 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2502 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2503 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2504 we zero the allocated space. */
2505 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2506 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2509 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2511 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2513 p
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2514 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (*p
)));
2518 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2524 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2525 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2529 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2530 asection
*input_section
,
2531 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2532 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2533 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2536 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2537 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2539 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2540 asection
*output_section
;
2541 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2542 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2543 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2545 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2547 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2548 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2549 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2551 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2552 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2554 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2555 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2557 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2558 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2563 /* xgettext:c-format */
2564 (_("%B: relocation size mismatch in %B section %A"),
2565 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2566 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2570 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2571 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2572 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2573 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2574 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2575 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2577 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2578 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2579 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2582 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2584 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2589 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2592 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2593 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2595 if (bfd_link_pie (info
)
2597 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2598 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2603 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2604 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2605 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2606 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2607 the face of future changes. */
2610 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2611 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2613 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2615 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2616 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2617 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2618 an ELF dynamic object. */
2621 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2622 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2624 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2625 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2628 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2632 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2633 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2634 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2637 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2643 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2647 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2656 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2657 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2658 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2659 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2660 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2661 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2662 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2663 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2665 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2666 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2667 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2668 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2669 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2673 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2674 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2675 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2676 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2679 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2680 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2681 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2682 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2683 flag will not have been set. */
2684 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2688 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
2691 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2692 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2693 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2694 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2695 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2697 /* A hidden versioned symbol in executable should be forced local if
2698 it is is locally defined, not referenced by shared library and not
2700 else if (bfd_link_executable (eif
->info
)
2701 && h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
2702 && !eif
->info
->export_dynamic
2706 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2708 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2709 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2710 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2711 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2712 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2713 will force it local. */
2714 else if (h
->needs_plt
2715 && bfd_link_pic (eif
->info
)
2716 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2717 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2718 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2721 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2723 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2724 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2725 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2728 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2729 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2730 over to the real definition. */
2731 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2733 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2734 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2735 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2736 if (h
->u
.weakdef
->def_regular
)
2737 h
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
2740 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weakdef
= h
->u
.weakdef
;
2742 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2743 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2745 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2746 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2747 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->def_dynamic
);
2748 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2749 || weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2750 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, weakdef
, h
);
2757 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2758 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2762 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2764 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2766 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2768 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2771 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2772 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2775 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2776 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2779 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2780 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2781 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2782 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2783 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2784 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2785 referenced by another one? */
2787 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
2791 && (h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
|| h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1))))
2793 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2797 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2798 can happen via a recursive call. */
2799 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2802 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2803 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2804 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2805 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2806 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2808 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2809 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
2810 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
2811 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
2813 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
2814 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
2815 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
2816 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
2817 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
2818 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
2819 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
2822 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
2823 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
2824 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
2825 extern int timezone;
2827 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
2828 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
2829 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
2830 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
2831 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
2832 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
2833 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
2834 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
2836 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2838 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
2839 H->U.WEAKDEF by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
2840 h
->u
.weakdef
->ref_regular
= 1;
2842 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
2843 H->U.WEAKDEF before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
2844 if (! _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h
->u
.weakdef
, eif
))
2848 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
2849 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
2850 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
2851 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
2852 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
2854 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
2857 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
2858 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2860 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
;
2861 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
2863 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2872 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
2876 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2877 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2880 unsigned int power_of_two
;
2882 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
2884 /* The section aligment of definition is the maximum alignment
2885 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
2886 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
2887 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
2888 for the minimum alignment. */
2889 power_of_two
= bfd_get_section_alignment (sec
->owner
, sec
);
2890 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
2891 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
2897 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
,
2900 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
2901 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
, dynbss
,
2906 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
2907 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
2909 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
2910 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
2911 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
2913 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
2914 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
2916 /* No error if extern_protected_data is true. */
2917 if (h
->protected_def
2918 && (!info
->extern_protected_data
2919 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
2920 && !get_elf_backend_data (dynbss
->owner
)->extern_protected_data
)))
2921 info
->callbacks
->einfo
2922 (_("%P: copy reloc against protected `%T' is dangerous\n"),
2923 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2928 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
2929 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
2932 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2936 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2937 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2938 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
2939 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
2941 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
2943 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
2944 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
2945 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
2946 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
2947 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2953 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2954 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
2955 considered to bind dynamically. */
2958 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2959 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2960 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
2962 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
2963 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2964 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2969 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2970 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2971 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2973 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
2974 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2976 if (h
->forced_local
)
2979 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
2980 visible symbol resolves locally. */
2981 binding_stays_local_p
= (bfd_link_executable (info
)
2982 || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
));
2984 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2991 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2992 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2995 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2997 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
2998 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
2999 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
3000 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3001 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
3008 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
3009 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3012 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
3013 us that it remains local. */
3014 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
3017 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3018 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
3019 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
3020 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
3021 for the place where forced_local and dynindx == -1 are tested. If
3022 either of those tests are true, _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say
3023 the symbol is local, while _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say
3024 the symbol is local only for defined symbols.
3025 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
3026 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
3027 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
3028 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
3031 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3032 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3033 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
3035 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3036 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3038 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
3042 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
3043 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
3044 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
3047 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
3048 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
3049 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3051 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
3052 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
3053 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
3056 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
3057 if (h
->forced_local
)
3060 /* As do non-dynamic symbols. */
3061 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3064 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
3065 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
3066 shared libraries. */
3067 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
3070 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
3071 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
3072 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3075 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3076 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3079 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3081 /* If extern_protected_data is false, STV_PROTECTED non-function
3082 symbols are local. */
3083 if ((!info
->extern_protected_data
3084 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3085 && !bed
->extern_protected_data
))
3086 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3089 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
3090 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
3091 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
3092 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
3093 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
3094 return local_protected
;
3097 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
3098 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
3100 struct bfd_section
*
3101 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3103 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
3104 unsigned int align
= 0;
3106 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3107 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3111 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
3112 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
3113 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
3115 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
3117 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
3118 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
3120 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
3125 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
3127 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3128 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
3130 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3132 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
3133 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
3134 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
3137 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3138 /* Function symbols do not count. */
3139 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
3142 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
3143 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3146 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
3147 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
3148 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
3151 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
3152 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
3153 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
3154 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
3156 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
3158 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
3159 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
3160 in the same way that it used to do. */
3166 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
3167 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
3168 the symbol is defined in this element. */
3170 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
3172 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
3176 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
3177 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3178 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3181 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
3185 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
3188 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. If we don't know if the
3189 object file is an IR object, give linker LTO plugin a chance to
3190 get the correct symbol table. */
3191 if (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_yes
3192 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3193 || (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_unknown
3194 && bfd_link_plugin_object_p (abfd
))
3198 /* Use the IR symbol table if the object has been claimed by
3200 abfd
= abfd
->plugin_dummy_bfd
;
3201 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3203 else if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3204 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3206 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3208 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3210 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3211 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
3212 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3214 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3219 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3220 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3223 if (extsymcount
== 0)
3226 /* Read in the symbol table. */
3227 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3229 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3232 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
3234 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
3238 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3243 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
3245 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3255 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3258 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3262 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3263 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3265 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3266 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3267 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3269 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3270 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3273 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3274 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3275 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3277 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3278 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3279 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3283 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3284 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3287 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3292 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3293 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3294 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3297 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3298 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3302 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3305 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3308 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3309 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3310 if (strindex
== (size_t) -1)
3313 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3316 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3319 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3320 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3322 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3323 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3324 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3326 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3328 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3329 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3330 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3332 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3340 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3343 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3347 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3348 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3353 /* Return true if SONAME is on the needed list between NEEDED and STOP
3354 (or the end of list if STOP is NULL), and needed by a library that
3358 on_needed_list (const char *soname
,
3359 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
,
3360 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*stop
)
3362 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*look
;
3363 for (look
= needed
; look
!= stop
; look
= look
->next
)
3364 if (strcmp (soname
, look
->name
) == 0
3365 && ((elf_dyn_lib_class (look
->by
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) == 0
3366 /* If needed by a library that itself is not directly
3367 needed, recursively check whether that library is
3368 indirectly needed. Since we add DT_NEEDED entries to
3369 the end of the list, library dependencies appear after
3370 the library. Therefore search prior to the current
3371 LOOK, preventing possible infinite recursion. */
3372 || on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (look
->by
), needed
, look
)))
3378 /* Sort symbol by value, section, and size. */
3380 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3382 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3383 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3384 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3386 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3387 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3388 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3390 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3393 int sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3395 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3397 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3398 return vdiff
== 0 ? 0 : vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3401 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3402 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3405 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3407 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3409 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3410 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3414 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3418 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3420 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3421 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3422 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3423 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3426 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3429 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3430 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3432 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3433 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3434 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3436 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3437 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3438 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3439 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3441 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3443 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3447 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3457 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3462 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3465 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3466 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3467 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3468 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3470 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3471 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3473 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3474 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3479 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3480 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3482 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3486 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3488 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3489 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3491 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3493 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3494 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3495 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3497 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3498 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3499 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3502 while (def
.vd_next
);
3505 /* Adjust version references. */
3506 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3511 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3512 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3514 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3518 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3520 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3521 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3522 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3523 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3524 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3526 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3527 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3528 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3530 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3532 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3533 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3536 while (need
.vn_next
);
3542 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3543 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3547 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3548 const bfd_target
*output
)
3550 return input
== output
;
3553 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3554 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3555 are virtually identical. */
3558 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3559 const bfd_target
*output
)
3561 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3563 if (input
== output
)
3566 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3567 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3569 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3572 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3573 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3576 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to tell it that
3577 we are about to handle an as-needed lib, or have finished
3578 processing the lib. */
3581 _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
3582 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3583 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
3585 return (*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, NULL
, ibfd
, NULL
, act
, 0);
3588 /* Check relocations an ELF object file. */
3591 _bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3593 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3594 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3596 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
3597 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
3600 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
3601 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
3602 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
3603 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
3604 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
3605 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
3606 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
3607 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
3608 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
3609 This would be a good case for using mmap.
3611 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
3612 different format. It probably can't be done. */
3613 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
3614 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3615 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
3616 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
3617 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
3621 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3623 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
3626 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
3627 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
3628 || (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
3629 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
3630 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
3631 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
3632 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
3635 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
3637 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
3640 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
3642 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
3643 free (internal_relocs
);
3653 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3656 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3658 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3659 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3663 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3664 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3665 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3666 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3667 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3668 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3669 size_t nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3670 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3671 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3672 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3673 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3674 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3675 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3677 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3678 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3679 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3680 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3681 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3683 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3684 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3685 void *old_strtab
= NULL
;
3688 bfd_boolean just_syms
;
3690 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3691 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3693 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3699 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3700 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3701 the format of the output file. */
3702 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3703 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3704 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3706 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3707 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3709 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3714 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3715 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3716 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3717 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3718 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3719 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3720 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3721 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3722 /* xgettext:c-format */
3723 (_("%P: alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %B, expecting %d\n"),
3724 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3726 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3727 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3728 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3729 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3730 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3731 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3735 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3736 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3741 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3743 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3744 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3745 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3746 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3747 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3748 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3749 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3750 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3754 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3756 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3758 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3760 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3761 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3766 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3770 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3775 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3776 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3777 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3780 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
3782 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3783 not get copied into the output file. */
3786 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
3787 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
3788 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3793 just_syms
= ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3794 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
);
3799 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3800 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3801 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3802 format and is not from ld --just-symbols. Always create the
3803 dynamic sections for -E/--dynamic-list. FIXME: If there
3804 are no input BFD's of the same format as the output, we can't
3805 make a shared library. */
3807 && (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3808 || (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3809 && (info
->export_dynamic
|| info
->dynamic
)))
3810 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3811 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
3812 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
3814 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
3818 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3822 const char *soname
= NULL
;
3824 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
3825 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
3828 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
3829 ld shouldn't allow it. */
3833 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
3834 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
3835 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
3836 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
3837 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
3838 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
3840 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
3841 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
3842 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
3844 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3849 unsigned int elfsec
;
3850 unsigned long shlink
;
3852 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
3859 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
3860 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
3861 goto error_free_dyn
;
3862 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
3864 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
3865 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
3866 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3868 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3870 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3871 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
3873 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3874 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3876 goto error_free_dyn
;
3878 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
3880 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3882 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3884 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3885 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3886 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3887 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3888 goto error_free_dyn
;
3889 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3890 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3892 goto error_free_dyn
;
3893 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3897 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3901 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
3903 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3905 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3907 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3908 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3909 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3910 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3911 goto error_free_dyn
;
3912 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3913 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3915 goto error_free_dyn
;
3916 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3920 for (pn
= & runpath
;
3926 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
3927 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
3929 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3931 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3933 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3934 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3935 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3936 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3937 goto error_free_dyn
;
3938 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3939 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3941 goto error_free_dyn
;
3942 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3952 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
3954 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3955 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3962 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
3963 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
3969 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
3970 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3975 /* If we have a PT_GNU_RELRO program header, mark as read-only
3976 all sections contained fully therein. This makes relro
3977 shared library sections appear as they will at run-time. */
3978 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
+ elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
3979 while (--phdr
>= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
)
3980 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
3982 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3983 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3984 && s
->vma
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
3985 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
3986 s
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3990 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
3991 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
3992 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
3993 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
3994 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
3995 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
3997 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
3999 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
4000 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
4001 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
4002 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
4004 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4006 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4007 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4008 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
4011 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
4012 will need to know it. */
4013 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
4015 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4019 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
4020 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
4021 particular dynamic object more than once. */
4025 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
4026 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
4029 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
4030 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
4031 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
4032 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
4034 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
4035 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4037 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
4039 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
4041 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
4042 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
4044 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
4046 extsymcount
= symcount
;
4051 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
4052 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
4055 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4056 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
4058 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
4060 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
4063 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4065 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each
4068 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4069 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4070 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4071 goto error_free_sym
;
4072 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
4078 /* Read in any version definitions. */
4079 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
4080 info
->default_imported_symver
))
4081 goto error_free_sym
;
4083 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
4084 to internal format. */
4085 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
4087 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
4089 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
4090 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
4091 if (extversym
== NULL
)
4092 goto error_free_sym
;
4093 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
4094 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4095 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
4096 goto error_free_vers
;
4100 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
4101 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
4102 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
4103 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4108 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4110 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4111 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4113 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4115 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4116 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4117 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4118 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4122 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
4123 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
);
4124 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
4125 goto error_free_vers
;
4127 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
4128 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
4129 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
4130 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
4131 goto error_free_vers
;
4133 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4134 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
4135 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_as_needed
))
4136 goto error_free_vers
;
4138 /* Clone the symbol table. Remember some pointers into the
4139 symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
4140 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4141 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
4142 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
4143 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
4144 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
4145 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
4146 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
4147 old_strtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_save (htab
->dynstr
);
4148 if (old_strtab
== NULL
)
4149 goto error_free_vers
;
4151 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4153 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4154 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4156 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4158 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4159 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4160 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4161 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4163 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4164 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4171 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
4172 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
4174 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
4178 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
4181 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4182 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
4183 bfd_boolean definition
;
4184 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
4185 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
4186 bfd_boolean new_weakdef
;
4187 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
4188 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
4189 bfd_boolean override
;
4191 bfd_boolean discarded
;
4192 unsigned int old_alignment
;
4194 bfd_boolean matched
;
4198 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
4200 value
= isym
->st_value
;
4201 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
4204 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
4208 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
4209 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
4210 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
4215 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
4223 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
4224 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
4228 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
4232 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
4233 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4234 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
4235 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4236 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
4238 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
4239 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
4240 calls the value we call the alignment. */
4241 value
= isym
->st_size
;
4245 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4247 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4248 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
4250 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
4252 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4254 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4256 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
4260 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
4263 goto error_free_vers
;
4265 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4266 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4268 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
4272 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
4274 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
4276 goto error_free_vers
;
4280 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4281 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4282 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4284 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
4288 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
4289 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4290 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
4292 goto error_free_vers
;
4296 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
4298 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
4300 goto error_free_vers
;
4302 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
4303 should be skipped for some reason. */
4308 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
4311 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4312 goto error_free_vers
;
4315 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's
4316 no way to combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block
4317 for this executable. */
4318 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4319 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
4322 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4323 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4328 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
4329 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
4336 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4338 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
4339 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
4344 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
4345 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
4346 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
4351 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
4353 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
4355 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4356 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4357 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4358 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4359 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4360 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4362 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4363 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4366 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4369 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4371 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4373 else if (vernum
> 1)
4375 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4382 /* xgettext:c-format */
4383 (_("%B: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4385 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4386 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4387 goto error_free_vers
;
4392 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4393 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4394 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4396 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4399 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4403 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4405 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4407 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4409 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4419 /* xgettext:c-format */
4420 (_("%B: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4421 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4422 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4423 goto error_free_vers
;
4427 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4428 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4429 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4430 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4431 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4434 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4435 if (newname
== NULL
)
4436 goto error_free_vers
;
4437 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4438 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4440 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4441 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4442 default version of the symbol. */
4443 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4444 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4446 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4451 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has
4452 requested we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
4453 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4456 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4457 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
4458 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
4460 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
4461 sym_hash
, &old_bfd
, &old_weak
,
4462 &old_alignment
, &skip
, &override
,
4463 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
,
4465 goto error_free_vers
;
4470 /* Override a definition only if the new symbol matches the
4472 if (override
&& matched
)
4476 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4477 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4478 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4480 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4483 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4486 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4487 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4488 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4489 goto error_free_vers
;
4491 if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
4492 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4493 && bfd_get_flavour (info
->output_bfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
4494 elf_tdata (info
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
|= elf_gnu_symbol_unique
;
4497 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4500 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4501 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4502 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4504 /* Setting the index to -3 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
4505 this symbol is defined in a discarded section. */
4511 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4512 new_weakdef
= FALSE
;
4516 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4517 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4518 && h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
)
4520 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4521 a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this
4522 function we will set the weakdef field to the correct
4523 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4524 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4525 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4526 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4527 figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL,
4528 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4529 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4530 definition anyhow. */
4532 h
->u
.weakdef
= weaks
;
4537 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4538 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4539 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4544 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4547 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4548 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4549 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4551 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4552 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4554 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4557 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4559 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4560 reference or definition we just found. A dynamic symbol
4561 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4562 object and a shared object. */
4563 bfd_boolean dynsym
= FALSE
;
4565 /* Plugin symbols aren't normal. Don't set def_regular or
4566 ref_regular for them, or make them dynamic. */
4567 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4574 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4575 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4587 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4588 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4589 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4590 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4600 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
4605 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
4608 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4609 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4610 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4613 || (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4615 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
!= -1)))
4619 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4620 the default name. */
4622 || (!override
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4623 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4624 sec
, value
, &old_bfd
, &dynsym
))
4625 goto error_free_vers
;
4627 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4628 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4629 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4630 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4631 alignment is maintained. */
4632 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4633 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4635 unsigned int common_align
;
4636 unsigned int normal_align
;
4637 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4641 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4642 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
4644 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4645 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4646 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
4647 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
4649 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4650 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4651 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4654 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4658 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4659 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4664 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4666 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4669 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4671 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4672 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4674 /* xgettext:c-format */
4675 (_("Warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %B is"
4676 " greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %A"),
4677 common_bfd
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
4678 1 << common_align
, name
, 1 << normal_align
);
4681 /* xgettext:c-format */
4682 (_("Warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %B"
4683 " is smaller than %u in %B"),
4684 normal_bfd
, common_bfd
,
4685 1 << normal_align
, name
, 1 << common_align
);
4689 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4690 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
4691 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
4692 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4695 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4696 && ! size_change_ok
)
4698 /* xgettext:c-format */
4699 (_("Warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4700 " from %lu in %B to %lu in %B"),
4702 name
, (unsigned long) h
->size
,
4703 (unsigned long) isym
->st_size
);
4705 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4708 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4709 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4710 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4711 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4712 covered by --warn-common. Allow changes between different
4714 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4715 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4717 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4718 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
4719 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4720 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4722 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4724 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
4726 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4727 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4730 if (h
->type
!= type
)
4732 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
4733 /* xgettext:c-format */
4735 (_("Warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4736 " from %d to %d in %B"),
4737 abfd
, name
, h
->type
, type
);
4743 /* Merge st_other field. */
4744 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, sec
, definition
, dynamic
);
4746 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
4748 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
4749 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4752 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
4753 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4758 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
4759 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
4762 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
4764 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4765 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4767 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
4768 aliases can be checked. */
4771 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
4772 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4774 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4776 goto error_free_vers
;
4778 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
4782 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
4784 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4785 goto error_free_vers
;
4786 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4788 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
4790 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
4791 goto error_free_vers
;
4794 else if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
4795 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
4796 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4798 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4802 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4807 /* Don't add DT_NEEDED for references from the dummy bfd nor
4808 for unmatched symbol. */
4813 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4815 || (old_bfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
4816 || (h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
4817 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
4818 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
),
4819 htab
->needed
, NULL
))))
4822 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4824 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%!", soname
, old_bfd
,
4825 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4827 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
4828 other library is referenced by a regular object.
4829 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
4830 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
4833 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
4836 /* xgettext:c-format */
4837 (_("%B: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
4839 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_missing_dso
);
4840 goto error_free_vers
;
4843 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
4844 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
4847 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4849 goto error_free_vers
;
4851 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
4856 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4862 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4868 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4872 /* Restore the symbol table. */
4873 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4874 memset (elf_sym_hashes (abfd
), 0,
4875 extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4876 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
4877 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
4878 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
4879 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
4880 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
4881 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
4882 _bfd_elf_strtab_restore (htab
->dynstr
, old_strtab
);
4885 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4887 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4888 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4890 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4892 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4894 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4895 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4896 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4898 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
4899 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
4900 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
4902 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4904 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4905 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
4910 alignment_power
= 0;
4912 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4913 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4914 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4915 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4917 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4918 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4919 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4921 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4923 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
4924 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
4925 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
4926 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
4931 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4932 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
4933 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_not_needed
))
4934 goto error_free_vers
;
4937 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
4939 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4940 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4944 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4946 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_needed
))
4947 goto error_free_vers
;
4952 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, if
4953 not performing a relocatable link, handle .symver foo, foo@BAR
4954 such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
4955 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4959 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
4961 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
4962 char *shortname
, *p
;
4964 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4966 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
4967 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4970 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
4971 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
4973 goto error_free_vers
;
4974 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
4975 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
4977 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
4978 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
4979 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4981 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
4982 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
4983 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
4985 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
4986 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4987 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4988 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
4989 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4991 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
4992 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
4994 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
5000 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5001 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
5004 /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined
5005 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
5006 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
5007 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
5008 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
5009 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
5010 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
5011 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
5012 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
5013 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
5014 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
5015 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
5019 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
5020 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
5021 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
5022 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5025 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
5026 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
5027 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
5029 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
5030 sorted_sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5031 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
5033 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
5034 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5035 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
5037 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
5041 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5042 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
5050 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
5051 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
5054 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
5056 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
5059 size_t i
, j
, idx
= 0;
5062 weaks
= hlook
->u
.weakdef
;
5063 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
5065 BFD_ASSERT (hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5066 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5067 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
5068 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
);
5069 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5070 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5076 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
5078 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5079 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5086 int sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
5096 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
5100 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
5101 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
5102 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
5103 one past the matching symbol(s). */
5106 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5107 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5108 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5112 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
5113 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
5114 the largest size. */
5117 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5119 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
5120 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5121 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5123 else if (h
!= hlook
)
5125 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= h
;
5127 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
5128 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
5130 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
5132 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5135 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5140 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
5141 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
5142 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
5143 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
5144 real definition and the weak definition. */
5145 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
5147 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
5148 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
5155 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5158 if (bed
->check_directives
5159 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
5162 if (!info
->check_relocs_after_open_input
5163 && !_bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (abfd
, info
))
5166 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
5167 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
5169 && ! info
->traditional_format
5170 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
5171 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
5175 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
5176 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
5178 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
5181 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
5182 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
5183 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
5184 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
5185 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
5186 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
5188 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
5190 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
5191 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
5192 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
5195 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
5196 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
5201 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
5203 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
5204 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
5206 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*n
));
5210 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
5217 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5219 if (old_strtab
!= NULL
)
5221 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5222 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5223 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5226 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5232 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
5233 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
5235 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
5236 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
5237 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5240 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5244 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5248 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
5249 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
5250 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
5251 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
5253 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5254 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
5257 /* First check with only one `@'. */
5258 len
= strlen (name
);
5259 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
5261 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1;
5263 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
5264 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
5265 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
5267 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5270 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
5272 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
5273 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
5274 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5277 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
5281 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
5282 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because we need to
5283 handle versioned symbols.
5285 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
5286 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
5287 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
5288 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
5291 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
5292 table until nothing further is resolved. */
5295 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5298 unsigned char *included
= NULL
;
5302 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5303 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
5304 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
5306 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
5308 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
5309 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
5311 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
5315 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
5316 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
5317 second and subsequent passes. */
5318 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
5322 amt
*= sizeof (*included
);
5323 included
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
5324 if (included
== NULL
)
5327 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
5328 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5329 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5342 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5343 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5345 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5347 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5352 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5358 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5359 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1)
5365 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5367 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5368 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5369 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5370 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5373 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5374 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5375 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5376 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5377 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5379 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5382 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5384 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5385 /* Symbol must be defined. Don't check it again. */
5390 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5391 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5392 if (element
== NULL
)
5395 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5398 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5400 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5401 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5403 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5406 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5407 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5408 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5409 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5410 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5411 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5412 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5413 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5416 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5417 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5421 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5426 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5428 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5429 on through the loop. */
5430 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5440 if (included
!= NULL
)
5445 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5449 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5451 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5454 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5456 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5458 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5463 struct hash_codes_info
5465 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5469 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5470 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5473 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5475 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5480 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5481 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5484 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5485 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5487 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5490 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5496 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5497 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5502 /* Compute the hash value. */
5503 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5505 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5506 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5508 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5510 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5518 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5521 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5522 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5523 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5524 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5525 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5526 unsigned long int *indx
;
5527 unsigned long int *counts
;
5530 long int min_dynindx
;
5531 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5532 unsigned long int symindx
;
5533 long int local_indx
;
5534 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5535 unsigned long int mask
;
5539 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5540 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5543 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5545 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5550 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5551 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5554 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5555 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5558 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5559 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5561 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5564 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5570 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5571 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5576 /* Compute the hash value. */
5577 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5579 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5580 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5581 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5582 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5584 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5585 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5593 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5594 final dynaminc symbol renumbering. */
5597 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5599 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5600 unsigned long int bucket
;
5601 unsigned long int val
;
5603 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5604 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5607 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5608 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5610 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5611 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5615 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5616 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5617 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5618 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5620 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5621 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5622 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5623 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5625 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5626 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5627 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5628 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
5632 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5635 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5637 return !(h
->forced_local
5638 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5639 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5640 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5641 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5642 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5645 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5646 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5647 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5648 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5649 than 32771 buckets. */
5651 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5653 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
5657 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
5658 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
5659 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
5660 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
5661 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
5662 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
5663 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
5664 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
5666 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5667 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5668 unsigned long int nsyms
,
5671 size_t best_size
= 0;
5672 unsigned long int i
;
5674 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
5675 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
5676 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
5677 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
5682 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
5683 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5684 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
5685 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
5686 unsigned long int *counts
;
5688 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
5690 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
5691 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
5693 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
5696 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
5701 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
5705 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
5706 since the size could be large. */
5708 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
5709 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5713 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
5714 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
5716 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
5718 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
5719 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
5720 unsigned long int j
;
5721 unsigned long int fact
;
5723 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
5726 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
5728 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
5729 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
5730 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
5732 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
5733 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
5734 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
5735 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
5736 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
5737 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
5738 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
5741 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
5743 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
5746 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
5747 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
5748 over a few long chains). */
5749 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5750 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
5752 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
5753 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5756 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
5757 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
5758 empty slots (the +1 term). */
5759 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5760 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
5762 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
5763 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
5764 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5768 /* Compare with current best results. */
5769 if (max
< best_chlen
)
5773 no_improvement_count
= 0;
5775 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
5776 when there are a large number of symbols. */
5777 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
5784 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
5786 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
5787 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
5788 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
5789 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
5791 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
5792 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
5795 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
5802 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
5805 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5809 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5810 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
5811 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
5816 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
5817 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
5818 undefined it is initialized. */
5821 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5822 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5823 const char *legacy_symbol
,
5824 bfd_vma default_size
)
5826 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5828 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
5830 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
5831 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5832 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5833 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5835 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
5837 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
5838 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5839 if (info
->stacksize
)
5840 /* xgettext:c-format */
5841 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: stack size specified and %s set"),
5842 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5843 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5844 /* xgettext:c-format */
5845 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: %s not absolute"),
5846 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5848 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5851 if (!info
->stacksize
)
5852 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
5853 size, set it now. */
5854 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
5856 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
5857 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5858 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
5860 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
5862 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5863 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
5864 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5865 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
5866 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5869 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5871 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5877 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
5879 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
5881 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5882 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
5887 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5890 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5891 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5892 && !((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
5893 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
5894 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5895 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
5897 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
5899 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
5900 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
5903 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
5909 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
5910 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
5911 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
5912 addresses of the various sections. */
5915 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5918 const char *filter_shlib
,
5920 const char *depaudit
,
5921 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
5922 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5923 asection
**sinterpptr
)
5927 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5928 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
5932 soname_indx
= (size_t) -1;
5934 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
5937 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
5939 if (info
->gc_sections
&& bed
->can_gc_sections
)
5941 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
5942 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
5944 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the
5945 dynamic symbol table. GCFIXME: Anyone know how to get them
5946 out of the static symbol table as well? */
5947 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
5948 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
5949 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
5952 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
, §ion_sym_count
);
5955 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
5956 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
5957 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
5958 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
5959 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
5960 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
5962 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5963 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
5966 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
5967 we're dynamic or not. */
5968 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
5969 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5972 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
5973 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
5974 if (info
->execstack
)
5975 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
5976 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
5977 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
;
5981 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
5984 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
5986 inputobj
= inputobj
->link
.next
)
5991 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
5993 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
5996 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
6000 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
6003 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
6004 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
6005 if (notesec
&& exec
&& bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6006 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6007 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
6010 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6012 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6014 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6015 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6017 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
6018 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
6020 bfd_boolean all_defined
;
6022 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
6023 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !bfd_link_executable (info
) || info
->nointerp
);
6027 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6029 if (soname_indx
== (size_t) -1
6030 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
6036 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
6038 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
6046 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
6048 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6051 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
6052 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
6056 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
6060 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6061 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
6062 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6063 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
6067 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
6069 const char * const *p
;
6071 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6075 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6077 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6078 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
6087 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
6089 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6090 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
6094 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
6098 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
6100 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6101 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
6108 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
6109 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
6110 if (info
->export_dynamic
6111 || (bfd_link_executable (info
) && info
->dynamic
))
6113 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6114 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
6120 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
6121 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6122 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6123 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
6125 const char *verstr
, *name
;
6126 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
6127 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
6128 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
6130 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
6132 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
6134 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
6135 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
6137 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
6138 if (newname
== NULL
)
6140 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
6141 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
6143 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
6144 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
6146 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6147 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6148 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6151 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6152 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6154 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
6156 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6157 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6158 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6163 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
6164 not defined in a shared object. */
6166 && !newh
->def_dynamic
6167 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6168 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6172 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
6173 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
6174 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6176 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6177 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
6182 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
6184 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
6186 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6187 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6188 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
6191 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
6192 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
6193 all_defined
= FALSE
;
6198 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6203 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
6204 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
6205 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6206 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
6211 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
6212 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
6213 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
6215 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
6216 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
6217 h
= (info
->init_function
6218 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6219 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
6226 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
6229 h
= (info
->fini_function
6230 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6231 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
6238 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
6242 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
6243 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6245 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
6246 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
))
6251 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
;
6252 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
6253 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6254 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6255 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
6256 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
6259 (_("%B: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
6264 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6268 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6269 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6272 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
6273 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6275 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6276 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6279 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
6280 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6282 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
6283 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6287 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6288 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
6289 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
6290 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
6291 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
6292 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6294 bfd_size_type strsize
;
6296 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6297 if ((info
->emit_hash
6298 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
6299 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
6300 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0))
6301 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
6302 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
6303 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
6304 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
6305 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
6310 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
6313 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
6316 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
6317 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6320 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6322 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6323 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
6326 /* Set up the version definition section. */
6327 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
6328 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6330 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
6331 just linking a regular application. */
6332 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
6334 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
6335 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
6336 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
6338 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
6339 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6344 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
6346 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
6347 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
6348 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6349 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6355 /* Make space for the base version. */
6356 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6357 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6360 /* Make space for the default version. */
6361 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6363 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6367 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6369 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6371 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
6375 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6376 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6379 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6380 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6384 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6385 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6388 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6392 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6393 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6396 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6398 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6399 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6403 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6404 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6405 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6408 if (soname_indx
!= (size_t) -1)
6410 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6412 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6413 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6420 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6421 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6422 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6424 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6426 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6428 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6430 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6431 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6432 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6433 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6435 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6437 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6438 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6440 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6442 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6445 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6446 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6448 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6451 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6452 aux block, but different flags. */
6455 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6457 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6458 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6461 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6462 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6463 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6465 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6466 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6467 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6469 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6472 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6474 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6479 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6482 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6484 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6485 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6487 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6489 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6492 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6493 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6495 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6498 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6500 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6501 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6503 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6504 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6505 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6506 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6507 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6510 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6511 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6512 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6513 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6515 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6516 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6517 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6519 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6520 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6521 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6523 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6524 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6526 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6527 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6528 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6529 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6531 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6532 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6533 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6535 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6537 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6539 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6541 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6545 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6546 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6549 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6550 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6552 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6554 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6555 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6556 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6560 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
6561 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, cdefs
))
6564 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6567 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
6569 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
6572 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
6574 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
6580 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
6581 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
6584 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
6588 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6590 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6591 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6593 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6596 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6597 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6599 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6601 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6602 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6607 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6608 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6611 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
6616 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6619 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6623 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6625 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6627 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6628 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6632 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6633 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6637 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6642 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6646 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6649 t
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6651 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6652 elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6653 ? elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
)
6654 : lbasename (t
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6656 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6659 t
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6660 if (t
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6663 t
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6664 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6666 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, t
,
6667 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6668 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6670 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6672 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6673 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6674 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6675 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6678 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6681 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6683 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6684 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6685 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6689 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
6690 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
6693 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6697 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
6698 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
6699 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6700 §ion_sym_count
) == 0)
6702 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6703 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6709 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
6710 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
6712 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6716 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6717 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
6718 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6720 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6725 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
6726 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
6728 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6732 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
6733 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym. */
6734 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6735 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
6736 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6738 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= s
;
6742 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6743 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6744 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6745 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6747 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6751 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
== NULL
)
6752 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
6753 = elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
;
6757 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6759 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6761 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6764 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6765 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
6767 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6771 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
6772 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6773 unsigned int dtagcount
;
6775 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6777 /* Assign dynsym indicies. In a shared library we generate a
6778 section symbol for each output section, which come first.
6779 Next come all of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms,
6780 followed by the rest of the global symbols. */
6782 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6783 §ion_sym_count
);
6785 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
6786 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6787 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6788 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
6790 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
6791 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6792 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6795 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
6799 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
6800 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
6801 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
6802 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
6803 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
6804 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
6805 s
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
;
6806 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6807 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6809 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6810 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6813 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. Clear all the
6814 section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
6815 ++section_sym_count
;
6816 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6818 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
6820 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
6821 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
6822 if (info
->emit_hash
)
6824 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
6825 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
6827 unsigned long int nsyms
;
6829 size_t hash_entry_size
;
6831 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6832 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6834 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
6835 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6836 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
6838 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
6839 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
6841 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6842 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6843 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
6850 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
6852 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
6855 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6858 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6860 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
6861 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6862 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6863 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
6864 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6865 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6868 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
6869 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
6870 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
6873 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
6876 unsigned char *contents
;
6877 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
6881 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
6883 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6884 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6886 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
6887 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6888 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
6891 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
6892 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
6893 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
6896 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6897 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6898 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
6901 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6906 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
6908 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6910 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6914 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.hash");
6915 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6917 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
6919 /* Empty .gnu.hash section is special. */
6920 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
6921 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6922 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6923 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6924 if (contents
== NULL
)
6926 s
->contents
= contents
;
6927 /* 1 empty bucket. */
6928 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
6929 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
6930 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
6931 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
6932 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
6933 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
6934 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
6935 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
6936 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
6937 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
6938 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
6939 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
6943 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
6944 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
6948 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
6950 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
6952 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
6953 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
6955 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
6956 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
6958 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
6964 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
6965 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
6966 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
6967 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
6968 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
6969 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
6970 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6971 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
6973 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6977 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
6978 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
6979 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
6980 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
6982 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
6983 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
6984 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
6985 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
6987 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6988 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
6990 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
6991 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
6993 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
6994 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6995 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
6997 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
6998 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6999 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7000 if (contents
== NULL
)
7002 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7003 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7007 s
->contents
= contents
;
7008 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
7009 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
7010 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
7011 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
7012 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7014 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7016 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
7017 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
7019 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
7023 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
7025 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, populate .gnu.hash section. */
7026 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7027 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms
, &cinfo
);
7029 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
7030 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
7032 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
7034 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7037 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7038 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7042 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
7043 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7045 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
7047 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
7049 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
7050 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
7057 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
7060 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7063 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
7064 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
7067 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
7070 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7075 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7078 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7079 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
7080 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7081 && (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
7082 == get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->s
->elfclass
))
7083 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7084 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
7085 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7087 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
7089 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
7090 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (obfd
,
7091 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7092 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
7094 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
7095 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
7098 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
7099 _bfd_merge_sections (obfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7100 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
7104 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
7106 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
7107 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
7108 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
7111 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
7115 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
7116 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
7121 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
7122 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
7125 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7126 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
7128 /* Set local fields. */
7131 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
7132 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
7133 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
7134 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
7135 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
7136 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
7137 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
7138 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
7145 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
7146 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
7149 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7150 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7151 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7153 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7155 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
7156 symbol which just became indirect. */
7158 if (dir
->versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
7159 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
7160 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
7161 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
7162 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
7163 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
7164 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
7166 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7169 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
7170 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
7171 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
7172 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
7174 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
7175 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
7176 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
7177 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
7180 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
7182 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
7183 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
7184 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
7185 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
7188 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
7190 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
7191 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
7192 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
7193 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
7195 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7200 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7201 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7202 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7204 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
7205 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7207 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
7212 h
->forced_local
= 1;
7213 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
7216 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7222 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. *TABLE has been zeroed by our
7226 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
7227 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
7229 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
7230 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
7232 unsigned int entsize
,
7233 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
7236 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
7238 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7239 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7240 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7241 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7242 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
7243 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
7245 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
7247 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
7248 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
7253 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
7255 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
7256 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
7258 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
7259 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
7261 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
7265 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
7266 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
7272 ret
->root
.hash_table_free
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
7277 /* Destroy an ELF linker hash table. */
7280 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
7282 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7284 htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
7285 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
7286 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (htab
->dynstr
);
7287 _bfd_merge_sections_free (htab
->merge_info
);
7288 _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
7291 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
7292 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
7293 entry for a dynamic object. */
7296 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
7298 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7299 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7300 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
7304 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
7307 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7308 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7309 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
7316 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
7318 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7319 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7320 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
7323 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
7324 the linker ELF emulation code. */
7326 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7327 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7328 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7330 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7332 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
7335 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
7336 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
7338 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7339 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7340 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7342 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7344 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
7347 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
7348 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
7349 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
7352 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
7354 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7355 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7356 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
7360 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
7361 the ELF linker emulation code. */
7364 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
7365 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
7368 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
7369 unsigned int elfsec
;
7370 unsigned long shlink
;
7371 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
7373 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
7377 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7378 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
7381 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7382 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
7385 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
7388 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
7389 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7392 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7394 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7395 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7398 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7399 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7401 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7403 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7405 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7408 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7411 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7412 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7415 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
7420 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7441 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7443 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7444 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7445 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7448 struct elf_symbuf_head
7450 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7452 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7459 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7460 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7465 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7468 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7470 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7471 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7473 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
7477 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7479 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7480 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7481 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7484 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7485 elf_create_symbuf (size_t symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7487 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7488 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7489 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7490 size_t i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
7492 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
7496 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7497 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7498 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7501 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7502 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7505 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7506 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7507 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7510 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7511 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7512 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7513 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7519 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7520 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7521 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7522 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7523 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7525 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7528 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7529 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7530 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7532 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7533 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7534 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7537 BFD_ASSERT ((size_t) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7538 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7545 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7549 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7550 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7553 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7554 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
7555 size_t symcount1
, symcount2
;
7556 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
7557 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
7558 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
7559 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
7560 size_t count1
, count2
, i
;
7561 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
7567 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
7568 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7569 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7572 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
7575 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
7576 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
7577 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
7580 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
7581 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
7582 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
7583 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7584 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
7585 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7587 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
7593 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
7594 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
7596 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
7598 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
7600 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
7603 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7604 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
7605 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
7608 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
7610 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
7612 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
7615 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7616 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
7617 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
7620 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
7622 /* Optimized faster version. */
7624 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
7625 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
7628 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
7633 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7634 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7636 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7640 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
7647 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
7652 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7653 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7655 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7659 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
7665 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7669 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (*symtable1
));
7671 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (*symtable2
));
7672 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7676 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
7677 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7679 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7680 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
7686 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
7687 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7689 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7690 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
7695 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7696 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7697 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7698 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7699 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7701 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7702 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7703 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
7704 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
7705 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7712 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7713 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7714 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7715 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7716 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7719 /* Count definitions in the section. */
7721 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7722 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
7723 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7726 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7727 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
7728 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7730 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7733 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7735 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
7736 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7738 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
7740 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
7741 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7743 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7744 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7745 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7746 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7747 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7749 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7750 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7751 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
7752 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
7753 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7771 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
7774 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
7775 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
7779 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7780 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7783 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
7786 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
7788 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
7790 struct elf_final_link_info
7792 /* General link information. */
7793 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7796 /* Symbol string table. */
7797 struct elf_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
7798 /* .hash section. */
7800 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
7801 asection
*symver_sec
;
7802 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
7804 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
7805 void *external_relocs
;
7806 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
7807 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7808 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
7810 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
7811 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
7812 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
7813 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
7815 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
7816 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
7817 of any input BFD. */
7819 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
7820 symbol of any input BFD. */
7821 asection
**sections
;
7822 /* Buffer for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section. */
7823 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
7824 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
7825 size_t filesym_count
;
7828 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
7830 struct elf_outext_info
7833 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
7834 bfd_boolean file_sym_done
;
7835 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
7839 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
7841 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
7842 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
7843 relocations themselves.
7845 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
7846 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
7847 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
7848 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
7850 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
7851 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
7852 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
7853 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
7856 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
7857 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
7860 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
7861 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
7865 <binary-operator> := as in C
7866 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
7869 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
7870 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7875 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7876 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7877 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
7879 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
7881 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7883 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
7884 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
7886 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
7887 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
7888 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7889 sym
->st_value
= val
;
7892 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
7896 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
7897 to "defined" and give it a value. */
7899 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
7900 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
7901 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7902 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7903 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7904 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
7905 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
7906 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
7910 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
7912 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
7914 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7917 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7918 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
7919 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
7920 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7923 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7925 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
7929 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
7932 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
7933 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
7936 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
7937 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
7939 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
7941 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
7943 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
7944 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
7946 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
7947 (unsigned long) *result
);
7953 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
7954 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
7955 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7959 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7960 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7962 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
7963 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
7964 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
7966 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
7967 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
7975 /* Looks up NAME in SECTIONS. If found sets RESULT to NAME's address (in
7976 bytes) and returns TRUE, otherwise returns FALSE. Accepts pseudo-section
7977 names like "foo.end" which is the end address of section "foo". */
7980 resolve_section (const char *name
,
7988 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7989 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
7991 *result
= curr
->vma
;
7995 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
7996 /* FIXME: This could be coded more efficiently... */
7997 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7999 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
8000 if (len
> strlen (name
))
8003 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
8005 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
8007 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
8011 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
8019 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
8021 /* xgettext:c-format */
8022 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
8027 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
8030 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8032 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8041 const char *sym
= *symp
;
8043 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
8048 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
8050 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8063 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
8067 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
8071 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
8072 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
8074 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
8076 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8080 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
8081 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
8082 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
8084 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
8085 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
8086 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
8087 section", and likewise with symbol. */
8089 if (symbol_is_section
)
8091 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
, input_bfd
)
8092 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8093 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
8095 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
8101 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8102 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
8103 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
8106 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
8113 /* All that remains are operators. */
8115 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
8116 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8118 sym += strlen (#op); \
8122 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8123 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8126 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
8132 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
8133 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8135 sym += strlen (#op); \
8139 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8140 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8143 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8144 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8147 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
8177 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
8178 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8184 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
8185 unsigned long chunksz
,
8190 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
8192 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
)
8197 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8201 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8205 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8206 /* Computed this way because x >>= 32 is undefined if x is a 32-bit value. */
8212 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8213 /* Computed this way because x >>= 64 is undefined if x is a 64-bit value. */
8226 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
8227 unsigned long chunksz
,
8234 /* Sanity checks. */
8235 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
8238 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
8239 && input_bfd
!= NULL
8240 && location
!= NULL
);
8242 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
8244 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
8246 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
8247 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
8248 of the loop below. */
8252 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
8254 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
8259 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
8262 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
8265 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
8269 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
8280 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
8281 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
8282 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
8283 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
8284 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
8285 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
8286 unsigned long *signed_p
,
8287 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
8288 unsigned long encoded
)
8290 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
8291 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
8292 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
8293 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
8294 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
8295 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
8296 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
8297 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
8300 bfd_reloc_status_type
8301 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
8302 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8304 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8307 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
8308 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
8309 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8311 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
8312 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
8313 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
8314 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
8315 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
8317 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
8318 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
8319 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
8321 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
8324 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
8326 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
8328 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
,
8329 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8332 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
8333 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
8334 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
8335 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
8336 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
8337 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
8338 (unsigned long) relocation
);
8343 /* Now do an overflow check. */
8344 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
8345 ? complain_overflow_signed
8346 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
8347 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
8351 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
8354 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
8355 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
8356 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
8357 " result: %8.8lx\n",
8358 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
8359 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
8361 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
,
8362 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8366 /* Functions to read r_offset from external (target order) reloc
8367 entry. Faster than bfd_getl32 et al, because we let the compiler
8368 know the value is aligned. */
8371 ext32l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8378 const union aligned32
*a
8379 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8381 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0]
8382 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8383 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8384 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3] << 24);
8389 ext32b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8396 const union aligned32
*a
8397 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8399 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0] << 24
8400 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 16
8401 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 8
8402 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3]);
8406 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8408 ext64l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8415 const union aligned64
*a
8416 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8418 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0]
8419 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8420 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8421 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 24
8422 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 32
8423 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 40
8424 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 48
8425 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7] << 56);
8430 ext64b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8437 const union aligned64
*a
8438 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8440 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0] << 56
8441 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 48
8442 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 40
8443 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 32
8444 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 24
8445 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 16
8446 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 8
8447 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7]);
8452 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
8453 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
8454 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
8458 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
8460 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
8464 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8466 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8467 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8468 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
8470 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
8471 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
8473 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
8475 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8476 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8478 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
8480 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8481 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8486 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
8489 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8496 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
8500 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8501 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
8503 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
8506 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
8509 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
8511 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
8512 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
8513 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
8514 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
8515 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
8518 if (bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
)
8519 (*bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
) (sec
, reldata
);
8521 if (sort
&& count
!= 0)
8523 bfd_vma (*ext_r_off
) (const void *);
8526 bfd_byte
*base
, *end
, *p
, *loc
;
8527 bfd_byte
*buf
= NULL
;
8529 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8531 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8532 ext_r_off
= ext32l_r_offset
;
8533 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8534 ext_r_off
= ext32b_r_offset
;
8540 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8541 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8542 ext_r_off
= ext64l_r_offset
;
8543 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8544 ext_r_off
= ext64b_r_offset
;
8550 /* Must use a stable sort here. A modified insertion sort,
8551 since the relocs are mostly sorted already. */
8552 elt_size
= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8553 base
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8554 end
= base
+ count
* elt_size
;
8555 if (elt_size
> sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
))
8558 /* Ensure the first element is lowest. This acts as a sentinel,
8559 speeding the main loop below. */
8560 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (base
);
8561 for (p
= loc
= base
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8563 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8572 /* Don't just swap *base and *loc as that changes the order
8573 of the original base[0] and base[1] if they happen to
8574 have the same r_offset. */
8575 bfd_byte onebuf
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)];
8576 memcpy (onebuf
, loc
, elt_size
);
8577 memmove (base
+ elt_size
, base
, loc
- base
);
8578 memcpy (base
, onebuf
, elt_size
);
8581 for (p
= base
+ elt_size
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8583 /* base to p is sorted, *p is next to insert. */
8584 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8585 /* Search the sorted region for location to insert. */
8587 while (r_off
< (*ext_r_off
) (loc
))
8592 /* Chances are there is a run of relocs to insert here,
8593 from one of more input files. Files are not always
8594 linked in order due to the way elf_link_input_bfd is
8595 called. See pr17666. */
8596 size_t sortlen
= p
- loc
;
8597 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (loc
);
8598 size_t runlen
= elt_size
;
8599 size_t buf_size
= 96 * 1024;
8600 while (p
+ runlen
< end
8601 && (sortlen
<= buf_size
8602 || runlen
+ elt_size
<= buf_size
)
8603 && r_off2
> (*ext_r_off
) (p
+ runlen
))
8607 buf
= bfd_malloc (buf_size
);
8611 if (runlen
< sortlen
)
8613 memcpy (buf
, p
, runlen
);
8614 memmove (loc
+ runlen
, loc
, sortlen
);
8615 memcpy (loc
, buf
, runlen
);
8619 memcpy (buf
, loc
, sortlen
);
8620 memmove (loc
, p
, runlen
);
8621 memcpy (loc
+ runlen
, buf
, sortlen
);
8623 p
+= runlen
- elt_size
;
8626 /* Hashes are no longer valid. */
8627 free (reldata
->hashes
);
8628 reldata
->hashes
= NULL
;
8634 struct elf_link_sort_rela
8640 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
8641 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
8642 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
8646 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8648 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8649 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8650 int relativea
, relativeb
;
8652 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8653 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8655 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
8657 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
8659 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8661 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8663 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8665 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8671 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8673 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8674 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8676 if (a
->type
< b
->type
)
8678 if (a
->type
> b
->type
)
8680 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
8682 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
8684 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8686 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8692 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
8694 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
8697 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
8698 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
8699 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
8700 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
8701 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8702 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8703 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
8704 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8705 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8706 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
8708 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
8710 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
8711 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
8712 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
8713 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
8714 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8716 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
8718 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
8719 Its initialization checking code is not perfect. */
8722 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
8723 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
8724 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8725 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8727 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8729 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8731 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8732 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8733 It is of no help to us. */
8737 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8738 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8740 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8741 "they are in more than one size"),
8743 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8749 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8753 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8755 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8756 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8758 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8759 "they are in more than one size"),
8761 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8767 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8772 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
8773 something is wrong. */
8774 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8775 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8776 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8781 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8782 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8784 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8786 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8788 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8789 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8790 It is of no help to us. */
8794 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8795 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8797 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8798 "they are in more than one size"),
8800 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8806 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8810 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8812 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8813 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8815 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8816 "they are in more than one size"),
8818 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8824 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8829 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
8830 something is wrong. */
8831 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8832 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8833 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8838 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
8842 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
8844 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8851 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
8852 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
8853 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8854 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8858 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
8859 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
8860 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8861 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8865 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8866 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8867 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
8869 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
8872 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
8873 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
8875 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
8878 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
8882 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
8883 (info
, _("Not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
8887 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8888 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
8890 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
8892 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8893 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8895 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8896 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8898 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
8900 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
8901 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
8902 relocs in this case. */
8907 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8908 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
* opb
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
8910 while (erel
< erelend
)
8912 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8914 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
8915 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (info
, o
, s
->rela
);
8916 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
8922 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
8924 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8926 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8927 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
8933 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
8934 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8936 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8937 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
8939 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
8942 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
8944 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
8945 if (htab
->srelplt
&& htab
->srelplt
->output_section
== dynamic_relocs
)
8947 /* We have plt relocs in .rela.dyn. */
8948 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) sort
;
8949 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8950 if (sq
[count
- i
- 1].type
!= reloc_class_plt
)
8952 if (i
!= 0 && htab
->srelplt
->size
== i
* ext_size
)
8954 struct bfd_link_order
**plo
;
8955 /* Put srelplt link_order last. This is so the output_offset
8956 set in the next loop is correct for DT_JMPREL. */
8957 for (plo
= &dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; *plo
!= NULL
; )
8958 if ((*plo
)->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
8959 && (*plo
)->u
.indirect
.section
== htab
->srelplt
)
8965 plo
= &(*plo
)->next
;
8968 dynamic_relocs
->map_tail
.link_order
= lo
;
8973 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8974 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8976 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8977 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8980 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8981 o
->output_offset
= (p
- sort
) / sort_elt
* ext_size
/ opb
;
8982 while (erel
< erelend
)
8984 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8985 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
8992 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
8996 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol string table. */
8999 elf_link_output_symstrtab (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
9001 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
9002 asection
*input_sec
,
9003 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9005 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
9006 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
9007 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
9008 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
9009 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9010 bfd_size_type strtabsize
;
9012 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9014 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9015 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
9016 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
9018 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
9025 || (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
9026 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
9029 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
9030 to get the final offset for st_name. */
9032 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9034 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9038 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9039 strtabsize
= hash_table
->strtabsize
;
9040 if (strtabsize
<= hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9042 strtabsize
+= strtabsize
;
9043 hash_table
->strtabsize
= strtabsize
;
9044 strtabsize
*= sizeof (*hash_table
->strtab
);
9046 = (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_realloc (hash_table
->strtab
,
9048 if (hash_table
->strtab
== NULL
)
9051 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].sym
= *elfsym
;
9052 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].dest_index
9053 = hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9054 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].destshndx_index
9055 = flinfo
->symshndxbuf
? bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) : 0;
9057 bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
9058 hash_table
->strtabcount
+= 1;
9063 /* Swap symbols out to the symbol table and flush the output symbols to
9067 elf_link_swap_symbols_out (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
9069 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9072 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9074 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9078 if (!hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9081 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9083 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9085 amt
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
* hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9086 symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
9090 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
)
9092 amt
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
9093 amt
*= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9094 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
9095 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
9102 for (i
= 0; i
< hash_table
->strtabcount
; i
++)
9104 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &hash_table
->strtab
[i
];
9105 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9106 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
9109 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9110 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
9111 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
9112 ((bfd_byte
*) symbuf
9113 + (elfsym
->dest_index
9114 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
9115 (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
9116 + elfsym
->destshndx_index
));
9119 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9120 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
9121 amt
= hash_table
->strtabcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9122 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) == 0
9123 && bfd_bwrite (symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) == amt
)
9125 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
9133 free (hash_table
->strtab
);
9134 hash_table
->strtab
= NULL
;
9139 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
9142 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9144 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
9145 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
9147 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
9150 /* xgettext:c-format */
9151 (_("%B: Too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
9152 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
9153 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9159 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
9160 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
9161 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
9162 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
9163 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
9166 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9167 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
9168 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9171 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
9173 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9176 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9177 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9178 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9180 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9186 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9187 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9188 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
9190 || (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9191 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
9195 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9196 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9197 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9200 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9201 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
9204 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
9206 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
9208 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
9211 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9215 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
9216 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9217 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9218 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9219 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
9220 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
9222 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
9224 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
9226 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9227 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
9230 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
9232 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9233 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
9235 extsymcount
= symcount
;
9240 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
9241 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
9244 if (extsymcount
== 0)
9247 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
9249 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9252 /* Read in any version definitions. */
9253 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
9254 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
9255 if (extversym
== NULL
)
9258 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9259 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
9260 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
9268 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
9269 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
9270 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
9273 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
9274 unsigned short version_index
;
9276 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
9277 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9280 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
9283 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
9286 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
9288 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
9290 && h
->forced_local
))
9292 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
9293 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
9294 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
9299 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
9300 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
9302 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
9316 /* Convert ELF common symbol TYPE. */
9319 elf_link_convert_common_type (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int type
)
9321 /* Commom symbol can only appear in relocatable link. */
9322 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9324 switch (info
->elf_stt_common
)
9328 case elf_stt_common
:
9331 case no_elf_stt_common
:
9338 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
9339 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
9340 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
9341 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
9342 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
9346 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
9348 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
9349 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
9350 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
9352 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9353 asection
*input_sec
;
9354 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9359 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9361 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9362 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9366 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
9367 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
9369 if (!h
->forced_local
)
9374 if (h
->forced_local
)
9378 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9380 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9382 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
9383 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
9384 references in regular files have already been handled unless
9385 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
9387 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
9389 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
9390 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
9391 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
9392 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
9394 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
9397 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
9398 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
9399 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
9400 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
9401 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
9402 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
9404 flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
);
9406 /* Strip a global symbol defined in a discarded section. */
9411 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
9412 shared libraries. */
9413 if (bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9418 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
9419 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
9423 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
9425 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9426 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9427 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9429 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9430 /* xgettext:c-format */
9431 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
9432 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
9433 /* xgettext:c-format */
9434 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
9436 /* xgettext:c-format */
9437 msg
= _("%B: local symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
9438 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9439 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9440 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9441 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, def_bfd
,
9442 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9443 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9444 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9448 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
9449 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
9450 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
9455 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
9457 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9461 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9463 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9464 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
9465 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
9467 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9468 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9469 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
9470 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
9471 || ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
9472 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
9473 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
9475 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9476 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9477 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
9478 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
9483 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
9484 nothing else to do. However, if it is a forced local symbol or
9485 an ifunc symbol we need to give the backend finish_dynamic_symbol
9486 function a chance to make it dynamic. */
9489 && type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
9490 && !h
->forced_local
)
9494 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
9495 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
9496 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9499 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
9500 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9504 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9505 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9506 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9507 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9510 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9511 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9513 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9514 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9517 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9518 input_sec
->output_section
);
9519 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9522 /* xgettext:c-format */
9523 (_("%B: could not find output section %A for input section %A"),
9524 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
9525 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9526 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9530 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
9531 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
9533 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
9534 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9536 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9537 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
9539 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
9540 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
9541 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
9547 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
9548 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
9549 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9550 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9555 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9556 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9557 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
9558 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
9561 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9562 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
9563 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
9564 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
9565 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
9566 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
9567 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
9571 if (type
== STT_COMMON
|| type
== STT_OBJECT
)
9572 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9574 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9575 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9577 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9578 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9579 if (bed
->common_definition (&sym
))
9580 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9584 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9585 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9591 if (h
->forced_local
)
9593 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, type
);
9594 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
9595 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
9597 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
9598 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
9599 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, type
);
9600 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9601 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9602 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, type
);
9604 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
9605 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
9607 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
9608 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
9609 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
9610 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
9611 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
9612 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9614 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9615 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
9617 && ((bfd_link_pic (flinfo
->info
)
9618 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
9619 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9620 || !h
->forced_local
)
9621 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
9623 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
9624 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
9626 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9631 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
9632 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
9633 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
9634 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
9635 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
9636 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
9637 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9639 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
9640 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
9643 type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
9645 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
9646 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9649 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9650 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
9652 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
9653 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
9656 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
9657 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
9658 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
9659 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
9660 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9665 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
9666 locally, it is a fatal error. */
9667 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
9668 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9669 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
9670 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9675 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
9676 /* xgettext:c-format */
9677 msg
= _("%B: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9678 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9679 /* xgettext:c-format */
9680 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9682 /* xgettext:c-format */
9683 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9684 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9685 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9686 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9690 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
9691 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
9692 the entry in the .hash section. */
9693 if (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
!= NULL
9695 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9699 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
9700 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
9701 have a run-time problem if not linking executable, referenced
9702 by shared library, or not bound locally. */
9703 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
9704 && (!bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9706 || !h
->def_regular
))
9708 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
9710 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
9713 /* xgettext:c-format */
9714 (_("%B: No symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
9715 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9716 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9721 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
9722 esym
= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
->contents
9723 + h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
9724 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
9726 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9729 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
9731 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
9733 size_t hash_entry_size
;
9734 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
9739 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
9740 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
9743 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
9744 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9745 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
9746 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
9747 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
9749 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
9750 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9751 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
9754 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
9756 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
9757 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
9759 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9761 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
9762 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
9763 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
9764 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
9766 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
9770 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
9771 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
9773 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
9774 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
9778 /* Turn on VERSYM_HIDDEN only if the hidden versioned symbol is
9780 if (h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
&& h
->def_regular
)
9781 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
9783 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
9784 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
9785 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
9789 /* If the symbol is undefined, and we didn't output it to .dynsym,
9790 strip it from .symtab too. Obviously we can't do this for
9791 relocatable output or when needed for --emit-relocs. */
9792 else if (input_sec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
9794 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9796 /* Also strip others that we couldn't earlier due to dynamic symbol
9800 if ((input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9803 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
9804 with the wrong input file. We need one for forced local symbols
9805 if we've seen more than one FILE symbol or when we have exactly
9806 one FILE symbol but global symbols are present in a file other
9807 than the one with the FILE symbol. We also need one if linker
9808 defined symbols are present. In practice these conditions are
9809 always met, so just emit the FILE symbol unconditionally. */
9810 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
9811 && !eoinfo
->file_sym_done
9812 && eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
!= 0)
9814 Elf_Internal_Sym fsym
;
9816 memset (&fsym
, 0, sizeof (fsym
));
9817 fsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
9818 fsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9819 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (eoinfo
->flinfo
, NULL
, &fsym
,
9820 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
9823 eoinfo
->file_sym_done
= TRUE
;
9826 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9827 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
,
9831 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9836 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
9842 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
9843 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
9846 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
9848 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9850 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9852 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9853 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9854 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
9860 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
9861 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
9862 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
9868 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
9869 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
9870 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
9871 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
9872 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
9873 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
9874 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
9875 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
9878 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
9880 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
9883 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
9886 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
9889 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
9892 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
9895 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
9896 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9898 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
9899 asection
*s
= first
;
9903 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
9906 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
9914 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
9915 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
9919 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9923 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
9926 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
9927 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
9929 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
9930 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
9932 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
9937 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
9938 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
9939 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
9940 don't have to keep them in memory. */
9943 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
9945 int (*relocate_section
)
9946 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
9947 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
9949 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9952 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9953 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9954 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9956 asection
**ppsection
;
9958 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9959 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
9960 bfd_size_type address_size
;
9961 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
9963 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
9965 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9966 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9967 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
9969 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
9970 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
9972 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
9975 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9976 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9978 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9983 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9984 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9987 /* Read the local symbols. */
9988 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
9989 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
9991 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
9992 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
9993 flinfo
->external_syms
,
9994 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
9995 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9999 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
10000 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
10001 going into the output file. */
10002 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
10003 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
10005 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
10009 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
10015 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10017 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
10024 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
10025 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10026 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
10027 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
10028 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
10029 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
10032 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
10035 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
10036 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
10040 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
10041 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
10043 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
10044 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
10050 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. In fact, don't
10051 output any undefined local symbol. */
10052 if (isec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
10055 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10057 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
10058 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
10063 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
10065 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10068 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
10069 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
10070 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
10071 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
10073 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
10076 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
10077 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
10078 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
10079 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
10080 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
10081 isec
->output_section
))
10084 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
10085 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10090 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
10091 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
10092 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
10094 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
10095 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10096 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10097 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
10098 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
10101 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
10103 if (input_bfd
->lto_output
)
10104 /* -flto puts a temp file name here. This means builds
10105 are not reproducible. Discard the symbol. */
10107 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10108 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10110 if (!have_file_sym
)
10112 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
10113 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
10114 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
10115 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
10116 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
10117 source file, but the best we can do. */
10118 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10119 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10120 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
10121 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10122 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10123 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
,
10124 (input_bfd
->lto_output
? NULL
10125 : input_bfd
->filename
),
10126 &osym
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10133 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
10134 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10135 isec
->output_section
);
10136 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10139 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
10140 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
10141 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
10142 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
10143 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
10144 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
10145 these requirements. */
10146 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
10147 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10149 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
10150 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10152 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
10153 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10154 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
10158 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10159 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
10166 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10168 r_type_mask
= 0xff;
10174 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
10179 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
10180 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
10181 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10183 bfd_byte
*contents
;
10185 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
10187 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
10191 if (bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10192 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
10194 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
10195 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
10196 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
10197 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
10199 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
10200 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10201 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
10203 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
10204 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10205 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10206 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10207 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
10209 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
10211 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10213 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
10214 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10215 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
10219 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
10221 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
10222 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
10223 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10228 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
10229 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10234 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10236 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10239 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
10241 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10242 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
,
10247 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
10251 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
10252 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
10256 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
10257 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
10260 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
10262 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
10267 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
10268 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
10269 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
10270 the routines which work on output files. */
10271 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
10273 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
10274 if (bed
->caches_rawsize
10276 && o
->rawsize
< o
->size
)
10278 memcpy (flinfo
->contents
, contents
, o
->rawsize
);
10279 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10284 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10285 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
10289 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10291 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
10292 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
10293 int action_discarded
;
10296 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
10298 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
10299 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
10300 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
10301 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10304 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
10305 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
10306 if (o
->size
> address_size
10307 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
10308 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10309 ".init_array") == 0)
10310 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
10311 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10312 ".fini_array") == 0))
10313 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
10315 if (o
->size
!= o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
10318 /* xgettext:c-format */
10319 (_("error: %B: size of section %A is not "
10320 "multiple of address size"),
10322 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_on_input
);
10325 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
10328 action_discarded
= -1;
10329 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
10330 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
10332 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
10333 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
10334 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
10335 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
10336 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
10338 rel
= internal_relocs
;
10339 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10340 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
10342 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10343 unsigned int s_type
;
10344 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
10345 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
10346 const char *sym_name
;
10348 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10351 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10352 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10353 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10355 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10357 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
10358 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
10359 we do not seg fault. */
10364 sprintf_vma (buffer
, rel
->r_info
);
10366 /* xgettext:c-format */
10367 (_("error: %B contains a reloc (0x%s) for section %A "
10368 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
10369 input_bfd
, o
, buffer
);
10370 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10374 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10375 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10376 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10380 /* If a plugin symbol is referenced from a non-IR file,
10381 mark the symbol as undefined. Note that the
10382 linker may attach linker created dynamic sections
10383 to the plugin bfd. Symbols defined in linker
10384 created sections are not plugin symbols. */
10385 if (h
->root
.non_ir_ref
10386 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10387 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10388 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
10389 & SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
10390 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
10391 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
10392 & BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
10394 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
10395 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
10399 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10400 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10401 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10403 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10407 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
10409 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
10410 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10411 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10415 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
10416 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10419 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
10420 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
10422 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
10423 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
10424 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
10425 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
10426 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
10427 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
10428 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
10429 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
10430 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
10432 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
10433 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
10436 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
10437 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
10442 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
10444 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
10445 discarded section. */
10446 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10448 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
10449 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
10450 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
10451 /* xgettext:c-format */
10452 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%A' of %B: "
10453 "defined in discarded section `%A' of %B\n"),
10454 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
10456 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
10457 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
10458 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
10459 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
10460 symbol here means we will be changing all later
10461 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
10462 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
10466 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
10478 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
10480 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
10481 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
10482 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
10483 reloc addend as necessary.
10485 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
10486 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
10488 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
10489 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
10490 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
10492 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
10493 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
10494 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
10495 corresponding to the output section, which will require
10496 the addend to be adjusted. */
10498 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10499 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
10507 || bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10508 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
10510 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
10511 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
10512 bfd_vma last_offset
;
10513 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
10514 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
10515 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
10516 unsigned int next_erel
;
10517 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
10518 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
10520 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
10521 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
10522 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
10524 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
10526 irela
= internal_relocs
;
10527 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10528 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
10529 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
10530 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
10532 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10533 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
10534 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10535 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10536 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
10537 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
10538 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10539 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10540 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
10542 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10544 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
10546 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10552 if (irela
== irelamid
)
10554 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
10555 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10556 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
10559 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
10562 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
10564 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
10565 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
10566 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
10567 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
10569 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
10571 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
10575 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
10577 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
10578 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10579 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10581 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
10583 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10584 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10587 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10588 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10589 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10591 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
10592 unsigned long indx
;
10594 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
10595 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
10596 we do not know the symbol index of any global
10597 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
10598 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
10599 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
10600 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
10601 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
10602 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
10603 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10604 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10605 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10607 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
10608 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
10609 used by a reloc. */
10610 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
10618 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
10621 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
10622 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10623 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10625 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
10626 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
10627 processor specific section. */
10628 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
10629 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
10631 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
10633 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10638 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10640 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
10641 section will be the absolute section. In
10642 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
10643 the kept section. relocate_section should
10644 have already handled discarded linkonce
10646 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
10647 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
10648 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
10650 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
10651 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10654 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
10656 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10657 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10659 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
10660 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
10662 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10663 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10668 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
10669 section winds up in the output section. */
10671 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10675 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
10677 unsigned long shlink
;
10682 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10684 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
10685 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
10689 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
10690 since it is needed by a reloc, we
10691 must output it now. */
10692 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
10693 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
10694 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
10698 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10700 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10702 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10705 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10706 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10708 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
10709 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10711 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
10713 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10714 ->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10715 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10720 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10721 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
,
10727 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
10732 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
10735 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
10736 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
10739 /* Swap out the relocs. */
10740 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
10741 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10743 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10748 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
10749 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10750 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
10753 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
10754 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10756 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10765 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
10766 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
10767 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
10770 /* Section written out. */
10772 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
10774 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10775 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
10777 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
10778 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
10781 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
10782 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
10783 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
10786 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10788 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10793 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
10795 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_entry (output_bfd
,
10803 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
10805 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
10806 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
10808 offset
*= bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
);
10810 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
10812 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
10815 todo
-= address_size
;
10816 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10824 offset
+= address_size
;
10828 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10842 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
10843 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
10844 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
10848 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10849 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10850 asection
*output_section
,
10851 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
10853 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10857 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
10858 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
10859 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
10860 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10861 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
10864 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
10866 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
10869 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10873 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
10876 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
10877 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
10878 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
10885 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
10886 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
10887 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10889 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
10890 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
10891 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
10895 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10897 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
10898 actually against the section. */
10899 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
10900 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
10901 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
10902 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
10904 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10905 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
10909 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10910 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
10911 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
10912 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
10913 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
10914 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
10915 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
10917 else if (h
!= NULL
)
10919 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
10920 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
10927 (*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
10928 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
10933 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
10935 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
10937 bfd_size_type size
;
10938 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
10941 const char *sym_name
;
10943 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
10944 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
10945 if (buf
== NULL
&& size
!= 0)
10947 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
10954 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10957 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10958 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10959 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
10960 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
10962 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
10963 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
) (info
, NULL
, sym_name
,
10964 howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
, NULL
,
10969 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
10971 * bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
),
10978 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
10979 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
10981 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
10982 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10983 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
10985 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
10987 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
10988 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
10989 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
10991 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10992 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
10994 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
10996 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
10997 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
10998 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
11000 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
11001 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11005 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
11006 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
11007 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11016 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
11019 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
11021 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
11025 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11026 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
11027 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
11028 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
11030 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
11031 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
11032 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
11033 where elfsec is 0. */
11036 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
11037 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
11038 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
11039 bed
->link_order_error_handler
11040 /* xgettext:c-format */
11041 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), s
->owner
, s
);
11046 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
11047 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11052 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
11053 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
11056 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
11061 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
11062 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
11065 return apos
> bpos
;
11069 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
11070 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
11071 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
11072 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
11075 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
11077 int seen_linkorder
;
11080 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11082 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11084 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
11085 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
11089 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
11091 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11092 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11094 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11096 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11098 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11099 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
11100 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
11101 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
11102 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
11103 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
< elf_numsections (sub
))
11117 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
11119 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
11121 /* xgettext:c-format */
11122 (_("%A has both ordered [`%A' in %B] "
11123 "and unordered [`%A' in %B] sections"),
11125 linkorder_sec
->owner
, other_sec
,
11129 (_("%A has both ordered and unordered sections"), o
);
11130 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11135 if (!seen_linkorder
)
11138 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
11139 bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
11140 if (sections
== NULL
)
11142 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11144 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11146 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
11148 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
11149 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
11150 compare_link_order
);
11152 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
11154 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
11156 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
11157 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
11158 s
->output_offset
= offset
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
11159 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
11160 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
11167 /* Generate an import library in INFO->implib_bfd from symbols in ABFD.
11168 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
11171 elf_output_implib (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11173 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11175 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11177 enum bfd_architecture arch
;
11179 asymbol
**sympp
= NULL
;
11183 elf_symbol_type
*osymbuf
;
11185 implib_bfd
= info
->out_implib_bfd
;
11186 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11188 if (!bfd_set_format (implib_bfd
, bfd_object
))
11191 flags
= bfd_get_file_flags (abfd
);
11192 flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
11193 if (!bfd_set_start_address (implib_bfd
, 0)
11194 || !bfd_set_file_flags (implib_bfd
, flags
))
11197 /* Copy architecture of output file to import library file. */
11198 arch
= bfd_get_arch (abfd
);
11199 mach
= bfd_get_mach (abfd
);
11200 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (implib_bfd
, arch
, mach
)
11201 && (abfd
->target_defaulted
11202 || bfd_get_arch (abfd
) != bfd_get_arch (implib_bfd
)))
11205 /* Get symbol table size. */
11206 symsize
= bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd
);
11210 /* Read in the symbol table. */
11211 sympp
= (asymbol
**) xmalloc (symsize
);
11212 symcount
= bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd
, sympp
);
11216 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private header data it
11217 understands from the output BFD to the import library BFD. */
11218 if (! bfd_copy_private_header_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11221 /* Filter symbols to appear in the import library. */
11222 if (bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols
)
11223 symcount
= bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
,
11226 symcount
= _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
, symcount
);
11229 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
11230 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: no symbol found for import library"),
11236 /* Make symbols absolute. */
11237 osymbuf
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_alloc2 (implib_bfd
, symcount
,
11238 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11239 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
11241 memcpy (&osymbuf
[src_count
], (elf_symbol_type
*) sympp
[src_count
],
11242 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11243 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
11244 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11245 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
+= sympp
[src_count
]->section
->vma
;
11246 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_value
=
11247 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
;
11248 sympp
[src_count
] = &osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
;
11251 bfd_set_symtab (implib_bfd
, sympp
, symcount
);
11253 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private data it understands
11254 from the output BFD to the import library BFD. This is done last
11255 to permit the routine to look at the filtered symbol table. */
11256 if (! bfd_copy_private_bfd_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11259 if (!bfd_close (implib_bfd
))
11270 elf_final_link_free (bfd
*obfd
, struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
11274 if (flinfo
->symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11275 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (flinfo
->symstrtab
);
11276 if (flinfo
->contents
!= NULL
)
11277 free (flinfo
->contents
);
11278 if (flinfo
->external_relocs
!= NULL
)
11279 free (flinfo
->external_relocs
);
11280 if (flinfo
->internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
11281 free (flinfo
->internal_relocs
);
11282 if (flinfo
->external_syms
!= NULL
)
11283 free (flinfo
->external_syms
);
11284 if (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
11285 free (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
11286 if (flinfo
->internal_syms
!= NULL
)
11287 free (flinfo
->internal_syms
);
11288 if (flinfo
->indices
!= NULL
)
11289 free (flinfo
->indices
);
11290 if (flinfo
->sections
!= NULL
)
11291 free (flinfo
->sections
);
11292 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
11293 free (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
);
11294 for (o
= obfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11296 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11297 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11298 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
11299 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11300 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
11304 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
11307 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11309 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
11310 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
11312 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
11314 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11316 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
11317 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
11318 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
11319 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
11320 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
11321 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
11323 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11324 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
11325 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11326 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
11327 bfd_boolean merged
;
11328 size_t relativecount
= 0;
11329 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
11331 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
11332 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
11333 const char *std_attrs_section
;
11334 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
11336 if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
11339 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11340 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
11342 dynamic
= htab
->dynamic_sections_created
;
11343 dynobj
= htab
->dynobj
;
11345 emit_relocs
= (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
11346 || info
->emitrelocations
);
11348 flinfo
.info
= info
;
11349 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
11350 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
11351 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
11356 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
11357 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
11361 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
11362 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
11363 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
11364 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
11367 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
11368 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
11369 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
11370 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
11371 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
11372 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
11373 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
11374 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
11375 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
11376 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
11378 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
11379 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
11381 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
11382 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11384 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
11385 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
11387 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11389 asection
*input_section
;
11391 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11393 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11394 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11395 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
11396 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11399 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
11402 bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, o
, attr_size
);
11404 /* Skip this section later on. */
11405 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
11408 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
11412 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
11413 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
11414 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
11415 max_contents_size
= 0;
11416 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
11417 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
11419 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
11421 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11423 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11424 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11426 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11428 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
11429 unsigned int additional_reloc_count
= 0;
11430 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
11432 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11433 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11435 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11439 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11441 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
11442 link. This will normally be every section. We need
11443 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
11444 the linker has decided to not include. */
11445 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
11447 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11450 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
11451 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
11452 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
11453 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
11455 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11456 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
11460 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
11462 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
11463 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
11464 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
11466 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
11468 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
11469 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
11471 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
11472 && elf_symtab_shndx_list (sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
11473 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
11475 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
11476 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
11477 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
11478 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
11479 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
11481 else if (emit_relocs
)
11483 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11484 if (bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
)
11487 c
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
) (sec
);
11488 additional_reloc_count
+= c
;
11491 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
11492 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
11494 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11496 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11498 size_t ext_size
= 0;
11500 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11501 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11502 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11503 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11505 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
11506 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
11507 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
11508 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11513 if (reloc_count
== 0)
11516 reloc_count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11517 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
11519 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
&& emit_relocs
)
11523 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
11524 esdo
->rel
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11526 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
11528 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
11529 esdo
->rela
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11535 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11537 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11541 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
11542 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11545 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
11546 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
11547 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
11548 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
11551 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
11552 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
11553 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
11554 sections are handled correctly. */
11555 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
11556 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
11560 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && merged
)
11561 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
11563 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
11564 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
11565 to create a symbol table. */
11566 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
;
11567 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
11568 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
11571 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
11572 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11574 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11575 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11578 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
11582 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
11586 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
11587 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
11588 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
11589 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
11591 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
11593 /* Cache the section contents so that they can be compressed
11594 later. Use bfd_malloc since it will be freed by
11595 bfd_compress_section_contents. */
11596 unsigned char *contents
= esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
;
11597 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0 || contents
!= NULL
)
11600 = (unsigned char *) bfd_malloc (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_size
);
11601 if (contents
== NULL
)
11603 esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
11607 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
11608 .symtab, .strtab, and non-loaded reloc sections. We start the
11609 .symtab section at the current file position, and write directly
11610 to it. We build the .strtab section in memory. */
11611 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
11612 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11613 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
11614 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
11615 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
11616 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11617 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
11618 /* sh_info is set below. */
11619 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
11620 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
11622 if (max_sym_count
< 20)
11623 max_sym_count
= 20;
11624 htab
->strtabsize
= max_sym_count
;
11625 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (struct elf_sym_strtab
);
11626 htab
->strtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11627 if (htab
->strtab
== NULL
)
11629 /* The real buffer will be allocated in elf_link_swap_symbols_out. */
11631 = (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF)
11632 ? (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) -1 : NULL
);
11634 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
)
11636 file_ptr off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
11638 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
11640 /* Note that at this point elf_next_file_pos (abfd) is
11641 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
11642 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
11644 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
11646 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
11647 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
11648 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
11649 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
11650 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11651 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11652 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
,
11653 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
) != 1)
11656 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
11657 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
11658 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
11659 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
11660 outputting relocs. */
11662 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
11663 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11664 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
11665 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
11666 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11667 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
11669 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
11672 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
11673 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
11674 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
11675 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
11676 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
,
11683 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
11685 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
11687 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
11688 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
11692 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
11694 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
11695 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
11699 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
11701 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
11702 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
11703 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11704 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
11708 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
11710 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11711 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11712 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
11715 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
11716 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11717 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
11720 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
11721 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11722 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
11725 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
11726 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11727 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
11731 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
11733 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11734 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11735 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
11741 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
11744 for (sec
= htab
->tls_sec
;
11745 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
11748 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
11751 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
11753 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
11756 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
11758 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
11760 base
= htab
->tls_sec
->vma
;
11761 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
11762 alignment requirements. */
11763 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
11764 end
= align_power (end
, htab
->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
11765 htab
->tls_size
= end
- base
;
11768 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
11769 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11771 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
11775 if (!_bfd_elf_fixup_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
11778 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
11779 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
11780 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
11781 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
11782 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
11784 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
11785 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
11786 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
11787 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
11788 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
11789 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
11790 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
11791 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
11792 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
11793 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
11794 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
11795 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
11796 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
11798 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
11799 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
11800 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11802 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11804 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
11805 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
11806 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11807 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
11809 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
11811 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
11813 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
11816 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11817 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11819 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
11824 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
11826 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
11827 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
11828 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11829 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
11830 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
11832 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
11834 switch (bed
->s
->elfclass
)
11836 case ELFCLASS64
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
11837 case ELFCLASS32
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
11838 case ELFCLASSNONE
: oclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
11842 switch (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
11844 case ELFCLASS64
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
11845 case ELFCLASS32
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
11846 case ELFCLASSNONE
: iclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
11850 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11852 /* xgettext:c-format */
11853 (_("%B: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
11854 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
11863 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
11864 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
11866 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
11867 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11868 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
11870 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
11871 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
11875 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
11876 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
11877 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
11878 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
11879 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
11880 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
11881 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
11882 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
11883 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
11884 eoinfo
.file_sym_done
= FALSE
;
11885 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11889 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
11890 table, do it now. */
11891 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
11892 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
11894 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
11895 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
11896 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
11898 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
11899 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
11900 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
11904 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
11905 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
11906 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
11907 converted to local in a version script. */
11909 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
11910 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
11913 && htab
->dynsym
!= NULL
11914 && htab
->dynsym
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
11916 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
11917 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= htab
->dynsym
->contents
;
11919 o
= htab
->dynsym
->output_section
;
11920 elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= htab
->local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
11922 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
11923 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
11924 || htab
->is_relocatable_executable
)
11930 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11932 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11934 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11940 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
11943 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
11944 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
11945 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
11946 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
11948 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
11949 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11950 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
11954 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
11955 if (htab
->dynlocal
)
11957 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
11958 for (e
= htab
->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
11963 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
11964 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
11965 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
11967 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
11969 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
11974 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
11975 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
11977 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
11979 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
11982 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11983 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
11988 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
11989 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
11990 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
11991 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
11992 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11996 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
11997 table, do it now. */
11998 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
11999 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12001 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12002 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12003 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12005 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
12006 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12007 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12011 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
12012 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12014 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
12015 if (!elf_link_swap_symbols_out (&flinfo
))
12018 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
12019 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
12021 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
12023 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
12024 file_ptr off
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
12026 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
12027 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
!= NULL
&& symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
12029 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
12030 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12031 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12032 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12033 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
12035 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
12038 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12039 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
12043 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
12044 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
12045 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
12046 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
12047 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
12048 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12049 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
12050 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
12051 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
12052 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
12053 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
12055 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
,
12057 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
12059 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12060 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
12064 if (info
->out_implib_bfd
&& !elf_output_implib (abfd
, info
))
12066 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: failed to generate import library"),
12067 info
->out_implib_bfd
);
12071 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
12072 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12074 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
12076 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
12079 sort
= bed
->sort_relocs_p
== NULL
|| (*bed
->sort_relocs_p
) (o
);
12080 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
12081 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rel
, sort
))
12083 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
12084 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rela
, sort
))
12087 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
12088 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
12089 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
12092 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
12093 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
12095 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
12096 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
12099 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12101 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
12102 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
12103 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
12105 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12106 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12107 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12109 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12113 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12120 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
12122 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
12124 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
12125 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
12128 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
12135 name
= info
->init_function
;
12138 name
= info
->fini_function
;
12141 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12143 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
12145 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12146 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
12148 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12149 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12150 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
12151 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
12152 + o
->output_offset
);
12155 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
12156 library and does not apply to this one. */
12157 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
12164 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12165 name
= ".preinit_array";
12167 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12168 name
= ".init_array";
12170 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
12171 name
= ".fini_array";
12173 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12177 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12182 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
12183 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
12186 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
12187 name
= ".preinit_array";
12189 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
12190 name
= ".init_array";
12192 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
12193 name
= ".fini_array";
12195 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12202 name
= ".gnu.hash";
12211 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
12214 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
12217 name
= ".gnu.version";
12219 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
12224 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12227 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
12230 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
12231 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
12234 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->output_section
->vma
+ o
->output_offset
;
12241 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
12245 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
12246 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
12247 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12249 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12251 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
12252 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
12253 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
12255 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
12256 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
12259 if (dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
== 0
12260 || hdr
->sh_addr
< dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
)
12261 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
12265 if (bed
->dtrel_excludes_plt
&& htab
->srelplt
!= NULL
)
12267 /* Don't count procedure linkage table relocs in the
12268 overall reloc count. */
12269 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
12270 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12271 /* If .rela.plt is the first .rela section, exclude
12272 it from DT_RELA. */
12273 else if (dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
== (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
12274 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
))
12275 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12279 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
12283 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
12284 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
12286 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
12289 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
12290 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
12291 || info
->error_textrel
)
12292 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
12294 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12296 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12297 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12298 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12300 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12302 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12304 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
12306 if (info
->error_textrel
)
12307 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12308 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations.\n"));
12310 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12311 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object.\n"));
12317 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12319 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
12321 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12323 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12325 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
12326 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
12329 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
12331 if (htab
->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
12333 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
12335 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
12337 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
12338 * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
),
12344 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
12348 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
12349 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12350 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, htab
->dynstr
))
12356 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
12358 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
12360 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
12365 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
12366 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
12368 if (!_bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
))
12372 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
12375 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12377 elf_linker (abfd
) = TRUE
;
12381 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
12382 if (contents
== NULL
)
12383 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
12384 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
12385 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
12392 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12396 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
12399 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12400 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
12402 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12403 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12405 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12406 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12408 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
12409 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12410 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
12411 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
12413 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12414 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
12418 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12419 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12422 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
12423 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
12425 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
12427 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12428 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
12430 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
12431 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
12433 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
12435 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
12438 if (info
->keep_memory
)
12439 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
12444 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
12447 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
12449 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12451 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12452 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
12453 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
12454 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
12457 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
12458 of input bfd ABFD. */
12461 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12462 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
12465 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12467 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
12469 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
12470 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
12474 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12476 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12477 info
->keep_memory
);
12478 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
12480 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12481 cookie
->relend
= (cookie
->rels
12482 + sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
12484 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12488 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
12492 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12495 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
12496 free (cookie
->rels
);
12499 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
12502 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12503 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12506 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
12508 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
12513 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12518 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
12522 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12525 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
12526 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12529 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
12531 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
12534 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12535 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12536 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12537 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12538 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12542 switch (h
->root
.type
)
12544 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12545 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12546 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12548 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12549 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
12556 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
12561 /* For undefined __start_<name> and __stop_<name> symbols, return the
12562 first input section matching <name>. Return NULL otherwise. */
12565 _bfd_elf_is_start_stop (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12566 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
12569 const char *sec_name
;
12571 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
12572 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
12575 s
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.section
;
12578 if (s
== (asection
*) 0 - 1)
12584 if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__start_", 8) == 0)
12585 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 8;
12586 else if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__stop_", 7) == 0)
12587 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 7;
12589 if (sec_name
!= NULL
&& *sec_name
!= '\0')
12593 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
12595 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (i
, sec_name
);
12598 h
->root
.u
.undef
.section
= s
;
12605 h
->root
.u
.undef
.section
= (asection
*) 0 - 1;
12610 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
12611 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
12612 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
12615 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
12616 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
12617 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12618 bfd_boolean
*start_stop
)
12620 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12621 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12623 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
12624 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
12627 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
12628 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
12630 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
12633 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: corrupt input: %B\n"),
12637 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
12638 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
12639 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
12641 /* If this symbol is weak and there is a non-weak definition, we
12642 keep the non-weak definition because many backends put
12643 dynamic reloc info on the non-weak definition for code
12644 handling copy relocs. */
12645 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
12646 h
->u
.weakdef
->mark
= 1;
12648 if (start_stop
!= NULL
)
12650 /* To work around a glibc bug, mark all XXX input sections
12651 when there is an as yet undefined reference to __start_XXX
12652 or __stop_XXX symbols. The linker will later define such
12653 symbols for orphan input sections that have a name
12654 representable as a C identifier. */
12655 asection
*s
= _bfd_elf_is_start_stop (info
, h
);
12659 *start_stop
= !s
->gc_mark
;
12664 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
12667 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
12668 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
12671 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
12672 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
12673 the relocation symbol. */
12676 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12678 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
12679 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
12682 bfd_boolean start_stop
= FALSE
;
12684 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
, &start_stop
);
12685 while (rsec
!= NULL
)
12687 if (!rsec
->gc_mark
)
12689 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
12690 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
12692 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
12697 rsec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (rsec
->owner
, rsec
);
12702 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
12703 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
12704 which define symbols to which it refers. */
12707 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12709 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12712 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
12716 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
12717 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
12718 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
12719 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
12722 /* Look through the section relocs. */
12724 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
12725 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
12726 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
12727 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
12729 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12731 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
12735 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
12736 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
12741 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
12745 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
12747 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12749 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
12753 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
12754 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
12756 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
12760 eh_frame
= elf_section_eh_frame_entry (sec
);
12761 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& !eh_frame
->gc_mark
)
12762 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, eh_frame
, gc_mark_hook
))
12768 /* Scan and mark sections in a special or debug section group. */
12771 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (asection
*grp
)
12773 /* Point to first section of section group. */
12775 /* Used to iterate the section group. */
12778 bfd_boolean is_special_grp
= TRUE
;
12779 bfd_boolean is_debug_grp
= TRUE
;
12781 /* First scan to see if group contains any section other than debug
12782 and special section. */
12783 ssec
= msec
= elf_next_in_group (grp
);
12786 if ((msec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
12787 is_debug_grp
= FALSE
;
12789 if ((msec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) != 0)
12790 is_special_grp
= FALSE
;
12792 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
12794 while (msec
!= ssec
);
12796 /* If this is a pure debug section group or pure special section group,
12797 keep all sections in this group. */
12798 if (is_debug_grp
|| is_special_grp
)
12803 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
12805 while (msec
!= ssec
);
12809 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
12812 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12813 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12817 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12820 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
12821 bfd_boolean debug_frag_seen
;
12823 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12826 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept,
12827 see if any other section is already marked,
12828 and note if we have any fragmented debug sections. */
12829 debug_frag_seen
= some_kept
= FALSE
;
12830 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12832 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12834 else if (isec
->gc_mark
)
12837 if (debug_frag_seen
== FALSE
12838 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
12839 && CONST_STRNEQ (isec
->name
, ".debug_line."))
12840 debug_frag_seen
= TRUE
;
12843 /* If no section in this file will be kept, then we can
12844 toss out the debug and special sections. */
12848 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
12849 not part of a group. Also keep section groups that contain
12850 just debug sections or special sections. */
12851 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12853 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
12854 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (isec
);
12855 else if (((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
12856 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)
12857 && elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
)
12861 if (! debug_frag_seen
)
12864 /* Look for CODE sections which are going to be discarded,
12865 and find and discard any fragmented debug sections which
12866 are associated with that code section. */
12867 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12868 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12869 && isec
->gc_mark
== 0)
12874 ilen
= strlen (isec
->name
);
12876 /* Association is determined by the name of the debug section
12877 containing the name of the code section as a suffix. For
12878 example .debug_line.text.foo is a debug section associated
12880 for (dsec
= ibfd
->sections
; dsec
!= NULL
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
12884 if (dsec
->gc_mark
== 0
12885 || (dsec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
12888 dlen
= strlen (dsec
->name
);
12891 && strncmp (dsec
->name
+ (dlen
- ilen
),
12892 isec
->name
, ilen
) == 0)
12902 /* The sweep phase of garbage collection. Remove all garbage sections. */
12904 typedef bfd_boolean (*gc_sweep_hook_fn
)
12905 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
12908 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12911 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12912 gc_sweep_hook_fn gc_sweep_hook
= bed
->gc_sweep_hook
;
12914 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12918 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
12919 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
12922 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12924 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
12925 sections in the section group. If the first member of
12926 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
12928 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12930 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
12931 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
12937 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
12938 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
12941 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
12942 to remove a section from the output. */
12943 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
12945 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
12946 /* xgettext:c-format */
12947 _bfd_error_handler (_("Removing unused section '%s' in file '%B'"), sub
, o
->name
);
12949 /* But we also have to update some of the relocation
12950 info we collected before. */
12952 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
12953 && o
->reloc_count
!= 0
12954 && !((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
12955 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12956 && !bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12958 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
12962 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (o
->owner
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12963 info
->keep_memory
);
12964 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12967 r
= (*gc_sweep_hook
) (o
->owner
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
12969 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
12970 free (internal_relocs
);
12981 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
12982 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
12985 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
12987 /* Those that are not vtables. */
12988 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
12991 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
12992 if (h
->vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
12995 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
12996 if (h
->vtable
->used
&& h
->vtable
->used
[-1])
12999 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
13000 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->vtable
->parent
, okp
);
13002 if (h
->vtable
->used
== NULL
)
13004 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
13006 h
->vtable
->used
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
13007 h
->vtable
->size
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
;
13012 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
13014 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
13015 cu
= h
->vtable
->used
;
13017 pu
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
13020 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13021 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13023 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
13024 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13025 n
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
13040 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13043 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
13044 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
13045 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13046 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13048 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
13049 well as those that are not loaded. */
13050 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13053 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13054 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
13056 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13057 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13058 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
13060 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
13062 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
13063 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
13064 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13066 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
13068 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
13069 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
13071 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
13072 if (h
->vtable
->used
13073 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->vtable
->size
)
13075 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
13076 if (h
->vtable
->used
[entry
])
13079 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
13080 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
13086 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
13087 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
13091 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13093 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
13094 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
13096 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13097 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13099 || ((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
13100 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
13101 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
13102 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
13103 || info
->gc_keep_exported
13104 || info
->export_dynamic
13107 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
13108 && (h
->versioned
>= versioned
13109 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
13110 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
13111 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13116 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
13117 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
13120 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13122 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
13124 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
13126 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13128 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
13129 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13132 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13133 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13134 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
13135 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
13136 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13141 bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entries (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13142 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13144 bfd
*ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
;
13146 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13149 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13151 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13154 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
))
13157 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
13159 if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (ibfd
, sec
), ".eh_frame_entry")
13160 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
, sec
))
13162 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entry (info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13163 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, sec
);
13170 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
13173 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13175 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
13177 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
13178 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13179 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13181 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
13182 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13184 _bfd_error_handler(_("Warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
13188 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
13189 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13191 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
13192 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
13193 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
;
13194 info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
&& sub
!= NULL
;
13195 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13198 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13200 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
13201 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13203 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13204 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
13205 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
13206 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
13207 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13208 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (NULL
, sec
);
13212 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
13213 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
, &ok
);
13217 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
13218 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
, &ok
);
13222 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
13223 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
|| info
->gc_keep_exported
)
13224 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
, info
);
13226 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
13227 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
13228 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13232 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13233 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13236 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
13237 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
13239 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13241 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
13242 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
13243 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
13244 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
13246 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
13251 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
13252 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
13254 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
13255 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
13258 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
13261 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
13263 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13266 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
13267 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
13268 size_t extsymcount
;
13269 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13271 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
13272 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
13274 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13275 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
13276 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
13278 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13279 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
13281 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
13282 offset as the relocation. */
13283 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
13285 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
13286 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13287 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13288 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
13289 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
13293 /* xgettext:c-format */
13294 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: %A+%lu: No symbol found for INHERIT"),
13295 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) offset
);
13296 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
13300 if (!child
->vtable
)
13302 child
->vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13303 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->vtable
)));
13304 if (!child
->vtable
)
13309 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
13310 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
13311 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
13312 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
13314 child
->vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
13317 child
->vtable
->parent
= h
;
13322 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
13325 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13326 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13327 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13330 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13331 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13335 h
->vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13336 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->vtable
)));
13341 if (addend
>= h
->vtable
->size
)
13343 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
13344 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->vtable
->used
;
13346 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
13348 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
13349 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13350 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13354 if (addend
>= size
)
13356 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
13357 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
13358 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13361 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
13363 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
13364 consolidation pass. */
13365 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
13369 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
13375 oldbytes
= (((h
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
13376 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
13377 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
13381 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
13386 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
13387 h
->vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
13388 h
->vtable
->size
= size
;
13391 h
->vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
13396 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
13400 flagword flag_value
;
13401 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
13403 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
13405 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
13406 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
13407 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
13408 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
13409 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
13410 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
13411 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
13412 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
13413 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
13414 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
13415 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
13416 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
13419 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
13421 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13422 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
13425 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
13427 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
13429 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
13430 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13431 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
13433 int without_hex
= 0;
13435 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
13438 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
13440 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
13441 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
13443 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
13447 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13448 with_hex
|= hexval
;
13449 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13450 without_hex
|= hexval
;
13455 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
13457 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
13459 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13460 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13461 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13462 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13469 info
->callbacks
->einfo
13470 (_("Unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
13474 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
13475 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
13476 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
13479 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
13482 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
13488 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
13490 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13493 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
13494 to real got offsets. */
13497 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
13499 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
13500 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
13501 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13503 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
13505 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
13506 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
13509 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
13514 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
13515 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
13518 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
13519 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13522 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13524 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
13526 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
13528 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13531 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
13532 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
13533 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
13536 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
13538 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
13539 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
13541 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
13542 size_t j
, locsymcount
;
13543 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13545 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13548 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
13552 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
13553 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
13554 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13556 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13558 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
13560 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
13562 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
13563 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
13566 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
13570 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
13571 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
13572 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
13573 gofarg
.info
= info
;
13574 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
13575 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
13580 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
13581 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
13584 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13586 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
13589 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13590 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
13594 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
13596 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
13598 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13599 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
13601 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
13603 unsigned long r_symndx
;
13605 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13606 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
13608 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
13611 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
13612 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
13615 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
13616 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
13618 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13620 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
13622 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
13623 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
13624 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
13626 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13627 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13628 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= rcookie
->abfd
13629 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->kept_section
!= NULL
13630 || discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)))
13635 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
13636 but it could be a relocation against a local
13637 symbol for a discarded section. */
13639 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13641 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
13642 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
13643 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13645 && (isec
->kept_section
!= NULL
13646 || discarded_section (isec
)))
13654 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
13655 Returns -1 on error, 1 if any section's size was changed, 0 if
13656 nothing changed. This function assumes that the relocations are in
13657 sorted order, which is true for all known assemblers. */
13660 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13662 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13667 if (info
->traditional_format
13668 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13671 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".stab");
13676 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13679 || i
->reloc_count
== 0
13680 || i
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
13684 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13687 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
13690 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, i
,
13691 elf_section_data (i
)->sec_info
,
13692 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
13696 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
13701 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
13702 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".eh_frame");
13707 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13713 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13716 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
13719 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
, &cookie
);
13720 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
,
13721 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
13725 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
13729 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
13731 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13733 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13736 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13738 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
)
13740 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
13743 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
13746 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
13750 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
== COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
13751 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
13753 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
13754 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
13755 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
13762 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
13764 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13767 const char *name
, *key
;
13768 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
13769 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
13771 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
13774 flags
= sec
->flags
;
13776 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
13777 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
13778 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
13781 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
13782 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
13783 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
13786 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
13788 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
13789 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
13790 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
13791 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
13794 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
13795 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
13796 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
13799 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
13800 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
13801 single member groups. */
13805 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
13807 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13809 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
13810 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
13811 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
13812 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
13813 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
13814 type of section. */
13815 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13816 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
13817 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
13818 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
13820 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
13821 issue a warning. */
13822 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
13825 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13827 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
13828 asection
*s
= first
;
13832 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13833 /* Record which group discards it. */
13834 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
13835 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
13836 /* These lists are circular. */
13846 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
13847 linkonce section and vice versa. */
13848 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
13850 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
13852 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
13853 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
13854 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13855 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
13856 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
13858 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13859 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
13860 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13865 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
13866 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13867 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13869 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
13872 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
13873 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
13875 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13876 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
13881 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
13882 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
13883 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
13884 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
13885 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
13886 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
13887 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
13888 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
13889 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
13890 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
13891 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
13893 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
13894 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13895 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
13896 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
13898 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
13899 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13903 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
13904 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
13905 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
13906 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13910 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
13912 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
13916 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13922 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13924 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13928 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
13929 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13930 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13931 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13932 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13934 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13935 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
13938 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
13940 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
13942 static const char *
13943 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
13945 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13948 const char *old_name
= bfd_get_section_name (NULL
, sec
);
13949 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
13951 if (old_name
== NULL
)
13954 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
13955 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
13960 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
13961 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
13962 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
13966 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
13968 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13970 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
13972 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
13974 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
13978 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
13980 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
13981 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
13988 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
13989 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
13990 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
13993 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
13994 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
13995 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
13996 string table associated with ABFD. */
13999 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
*sec
,
14001 unsigned int alignment
,
14003 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14005 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14007 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14009 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14014 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
14016 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14018 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
14019 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
14020 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
14021 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
14023 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
14024 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14026 /* _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr chooses a section type by
14027 name. Override as it may be wrong, eg. for a user
14028 section named "auto" we'll get ".relauto" which is
14029 seen to be a .rela section. */
14030 elf_section_type (reloc_sec
) = is_rela
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
14031 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, reloc_sec
, alignment
))
14036 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14042 /* Copy the ELF symbol type and other attributes for a linker script
14043 assignment from HSRC to HDEST. Generally this should be treated as
14044 if we found a strong non-dynamic definition for HDEST (except that
14045 ld ignores multiple definition errors). */
14047 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd
,
14048 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hdest
,
14049 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hsrc
)
14051 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hdest
;
14052 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hsrc
;
14053 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
14055 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
14056 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
14058 isym
.st_other
= ehsrc
->other
;
14059 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, ehdest
, &isym
, NULL
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
14062 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14065 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14067 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14068 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
14069 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14070 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14073 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14076 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14078 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14079 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
14080 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14081 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);